Você está na página 1de 484

TM 5-3825-270-10

TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FOR

ENGINEER MISSION MODULE - WATER DISTRIBUTOR


(EMM - WD)
NSN 3825-01-577-2713

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY


30 JUNE 2011
TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY

GENERAL SAFETY CAUTION/WARNING SUMMARY


This list summarizes critical warnings. They are repeated here to let you know how important they are.
Study these warnings carefully.
They can save your life and the lives of personnel you work with.
If there is any doubt about handling tools, materials, equipment, and procedures, see TB 43-0216, Safety
and Hazard Warnings for Operation and Maintenance of TACOM Equipment.

FOR INFORMATION ON FIRST AID:

Reference FM 4-25.11. (WP 0086)

WARNING
MODIFICATION HAZARD
Unauthorized modifications to, alterations to, or installations on this equipment are
prohibited and are in violation of AR 750-10.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment.

WARNING

BATTERY
To avoid eye injury, eye protection is required when working around batteries. Do not
smoke, use open flame, make sparks or create other ignition sources around batteries.
If a battery is giving off gases, it can explode. Remove all jewelry, such as rings, ID tags,
watches and bracelets. If jewelry contacts a battery terminal, a direct short will result in
instant heating of tools and/or damage to equipment. Failure to comply may result in injury
or death to personnel.
Avoid electrolyte contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. If battery electrolyte spills, take
immediate action to stop burning effects.
External: Immediately flush with cold running water to remove all acid.
Eyes: Flush with cold water for at least 15 minutes. Seek immediate medical attention.
Internal: Drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten egg,
or vegetable oil. Seek immediate medical attention.
Clothing or Vehicle: Wash at once with cold water. Neutralize with baking soda or
household ammonia solution.
Injury will result if acid contacts skin or eyes. Wear rubber apron to prevent clothing from
being damaged. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

a
TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING

FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Fire extinguisher contents are under pressure. Do not puncture or incinerate.
DO NOT store at high temperatures above 120F (49C).
Avoid inhaling the extinguishing agent. Avoid inhaling smoke and fumes - all fires release
toxic substances that are harmful. DO NOT remain in a closed area after use. Evacuate
the area immediately and ventilate thoroughly before re-entering.
Although extinguishing agents are non-toxic when properly used, contact with them may
cause irritation to eyes, nose, and throat and other allergic symptoms.
Failure to comply with the above warnings could result in injury or death to personnel or
damage to equipment.

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT)


Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and
skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract,
may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin
contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for
15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First
aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other
sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and
Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C).
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury
to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW
authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.

b
TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.
If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and
medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING
EXTREME HEAT
When mission requires the system operator and crew to remain stationary at an area or
location in outside temperatures above 90F (32C), operator and crew must observe proper
safety precautions to prevent heat stress injury. Refer to FM 21-10, Field Hygiene and
Sanitation, and FM 4-25.11, First Aid for Soldiers, for proper precautions and preventive
measures. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

EXTREME COLD
DO NOT touch extremely cold metal. Bare skin may freeze to cold metal. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Wear gloves when operating or handling metallic equipment that is wet or ice covered.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Exercise caution when working on the catwalk where snow or ice exists. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM OPERATION


Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operations.
LHS reaches a height of 18 ft (5.5 m). Injury or death to personnel could result if LHS
contacts power lines.
Do not attempt loading or unloading operations on a side slope greater than 5 degrees
and/or fore/aft slope greater than 20%. Prior to performing loading or unloading
operations on slopes, determine if ground surface conditions permit safe loading or
unloading operations. Slopes that contain snow, ice, loose gravel, or sand may not permit
safe loading or unloading. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

c
TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination prior to picking
up or off-loading a Water Distributor. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment
and injury or death to personnel.
Prior to and during any load or unload cycle, all personnel should stay clear of LHS.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE


Use extreme care when removing radiator pressure cap. Sudden release of pressure can
cause steam flash. Slowly loosen cap to the first stop to relieve pressure prior to removing
cap completely. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Use clean, thick waste cloth or like material to remove radiator pressure cap. Avoid using
gloves, hot water soaks through gloves. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
Wear suitable eye protection when working on vehicle cooling systems to avoid personal
injury.

WARNING

ENGINE STARTING
When engine is running during operations, all personnel within 10 ft of the Water
Distributor pump operator position are required to wear Army-approved hearing
protection devices (HPDs). Failure to comply may result in hearing loss.
Before engine is started, always make sure that no personnel are in the danger area
(moving parts on engine or machinery). Ensure that all safety guards are in place. Ensure
that area is clear from loose parts. Never use any spray starting aids. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

FUEL
Diesel fuel is flammable. Do not perform this procedure near fire, flame or sparks. Failure
to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

d
TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

DO NOT smoke or permit any open flame in area of Water Distributor while you are
servicing fuel system. Be sure hose nozzle is grounded against filler tube during refueling
to prevent static electricity. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
DO NOT perform fuel system checks, inspections, or maintenance while smoking or near
fire, flames, or sparks. Fuel may ignite, causing injury or death to personnel, or damage
to equipment.
Operating personnel must wear fuel-resistant gloves when handling fuels. If exposed to
fuel, promptly wash exposed skin and change fuel-soaked clothing.

WARNING

HOT ENGINE
Engine components become hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool completely
prior to performing this task. If necessary, use insulated pads and gloves. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Ensure electrical power is off prior to working on all electrical systems. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death to personnel.
Remove all jewelry, such as rings, ID tags, bracelets, etc., prior to working on or around
equipment. Jewelry and tools can catch on equipment, contact positive electrical circuits,
and cause a direct short, severe burns, or electrical shock. Failure to comply may result
in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

HOT EXHAUST
Exhaust pipes and muffler can become very hot during engine operation. Allow parts to cool
and take care not to touch these parts with bare hands or allow body to contact exhaust pipes
or muffler. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

e
TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING

LIFTING OPERATIONS
This section is applicable to all lifting operations regardless of lifting equipment (crane, LHS,
etc.) used.
All personnel must stand clear during lifting operations. A swinging or shifting load may cause
injury or death to personnel.
Never crawl under equipment when performing maintenance unless equipment is securely
blocked. Failure to comply may cause injury or death to personnel.
Keep clear of equipment when it is being raised or lowered. Failure to comply may cause
injury or death to personnel.
Do not work on any item supported only by lift jacks or hoist. Always use blocks or proper
stands to support the item prior to any work. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
Do not lift a load greater than the rated load capacity of the crane or materiel handling
equipment. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to
equipment.
Do not allow heavy components to swing while hanging by lifting device. Failure to comply
may cause injury or death to personnel.
Any part or component that weighs between 50 lbs (23 kg) and 75 lbs (34 kg) must be
removed with the aid of an assistant. Any part or component that weighs over 75 lbs (34 kg)
must be removed with the aid of an assistant and a lifting device. Failure to comply may cause
injury or death to personnel.
Ensure all chains, hooks, and slings are in good condition and are of correct capacity. Ensure
hooks are positioned correctly. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

MOVING MACHINERY
Use extreme care when operating or working near moving machinery including running
engine, rotating shafts, and other moving parts. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
Use extreme care when measuring voltage while engine is running around rotating fan blade
and hot engine parts. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

f
TM 5-3825-270-10

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING

HEARING PROTECTION
Wear single hearing protection (earplugs or equivalent) while working around equipment
while it is running. Failure to do so could result in damage to your hearing.
Seek medical aid should you suspect a hearing problem.

WARNING

EYE PROTECTION
Wear safety goggles and use caution when removing or installing springs, snap ring, retaining
rings, and other parts under spring tension. These parts can act as projectiles, resulting in
serious injury to personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

g/h blank
TM 5-3825-270-10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

NOTE: Zero in the Change No. column indicates an original page or work package.

Date of issue for the original manual is:


Original 30 June 2011

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 50 AND TOTAL NUMBER OF
WORK PACKAGES IS 89, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
CHANGE CHANGE
PAGE/WP NO. NO. PAGE/WP NO. NO.

Front Cover 0 WP 0025 (2 pages) 0


Blank 0 WP 0026 (2 pages) 0
Warning Summary (8 pages) 0 WP 0027 (2 pages) 0
i 0 Chp 3 - title page 0
Blank 0 Blank 0
iii-xxi 0 WP 0028 (2 pages) 0
Blank 0 WP 0029 (2 pages) 0
xxii 0 WP 0030 (4 pages) 0
Blank 0 WP 0031 (4 pages) 0
Chp 1 - title page 0 WP 0032 (2 pages) 0
Blank 0 WP 0033 (2 pages) 0
WP 0001 (8 pages) 0 WP 0034 (2 pages) 0
WP 0002 (4 pages) 0 WP 0035 (2 pages) 0
WP 0003 (2 pages) 0 WP 0036 (2 pages) 0
Chp 2 - title page 0 WP 0037 (2 pages) 0
Blank 0 WP 0038 (2 pages) 0
WP 0004 (6 pages) 0 WP 0039 (2 pages) 0
WP 0005 (2 pages) 0 WP 0040 (2 pages) 0
WP 0006 (4 pages) 0 WP 0041 (2 pages) 0
WP 0007 (2 pages) 0 WP 0042 (2 pages) 0
WP 0008 (2 pages) 0 WP 0043 (2 pages) 0
WP 0009 (2 pages) 0 WP 0044 (4 pages) 0
WP 0010 (12 pages) 0 WP 0045 (4 pages) 0
WP 0011 (2 pages) 0 WP 0046 (2 pages) 0
WP 0012 (16 pages) 0 WP 0047 (2 pages) 0
WP 0013 (2 pages) 0 WP 0048 (4 pages) 0
WP 0014 (4 pages) 0 WP 0049 (2 pages) 0
WP 0015 (10 pages) 0 WP 0050 (2 pages) 0
WP 0016 (10 pages) 0 WP 0051 (2 pages) 0
WP 0017 (6 pages) 0 WP 0052 (2 pages) 0
WP 0018 (6 pages) 0 WP 0053 (2 pages) 0
WP 0019 (4 pages) 0 WP 0054 (2 pages) 0
WP 0020 (14 pages) 0 WP 0055 (2 pages) 0
WP 0021 (12 pages) 0 WP 0056 (2 pages) 0
WP 0022 (4 pages) 0 WP 0057 (2 pages) 0
WP 0023 (4 pages) 0 WP 0058 (4 pages) 0
WP 0024 (14 pages) 0 WP 0059 (2 pages) 0

A
TM 5-3825-270-10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES - Continued

CHANGE CHANGE
PAGE/WP NO. NO. PAGE/WP NO. NO.

WP 0060 (2 pages) 0 WP 0076 (4 pages) 0


WP 0061 (2 pages) 0 WP 0077 (4 pages) 0
WP 0062 (4 pages) 0 WP 0078 (4 pages) 0
WP 0063 (4 pages) 0 WP 0079 (2 pages) 0
WP 0064 (6 pages) 0 WP 0080 (2 pages) 0
WP 0065 (4 pages) 0 WP 0081 (2 pages) 0
WP 0066 (4 pages) 0 WP 0082 (2 pages) 0
WP 0067 (4 pages) 0 WP 0083 (8 pages) 0
WP 0068 (4 pages) 0 WP 0084 (10 pages) 0
WP 0069 (4 pages) 0 WP 0085 (6 pages) 0
Chp 4 - title page 0 Chp 6 - title page 0
Blank 0 Blank 0
WP 0070 (4 pages) 0 WP 0086 (2 pages) 0
WP 0071 (68 pages) 0 WP 0087 (6 pages) 0
Chp 5 - title page 0 WP 0088 (4 pages) 0
Blank 0 WP 0089 (4 pages) 0
WP 0072 (4 pages) 0 FO-1 0
WP 0073 (2 pages) 0 Inside back cover 0
WP 0074 (4 pages) 0 Back cover 0
WP 0075 (2 pages) 0

B
TM 5-3825-270-10

HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, DC, 30 JUNE 2011

TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATORS MANUAL
ENGINEER MISSION MODULE - WATER DISTRIBUTOR (EMM - WD)
NSN 3825-01-577-2713

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend any
improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred method is to
submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) through the
Internet, on the Army Electronic Product Support (AEPS) website. The Internet address is
https://aeps.ria.army.mil. The DA Form 2028 is located under the Public Applications section in the
AEPS Public Home Page. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the AEPS website
will enable us to respond more quickly to your comments and better manage the DA Form 2028
program.
You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to the U.S. Army TACOM
Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle
Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI
48397-5000. The e-mail address is tacomlcmc.daform2028@us.army.mil. The fax number is DSN
786-1856 or Commercial (586) 282-1856. A reply will be furnished to you.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release: distribution is unlimited.

i
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

How to Use this Manual

Chapter 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF


OPERATION

GENERAL INFORMATION.......................................................................................................................... WP 0001

Table 1. List of Abbreviations............................................................................................................. 0001-2

Table 2. Warning Icons...................................................................................................................... 0001-4

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA................................................................................................... WP 0002

Table 1. Equipment Data.................................................................................................................... 0002-1

THEORY OF OPERATION.......................................................................................................................... WP 0003

Chapter 2 - OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

LOCATIONS AND USE OF CONTROLS AND INDICATORS.................................................................... WP 0004

Table 1. MAIN CONTROL PANEL..................................................................................................... 0004-1

Figure 1. Control Panel........................................................................................................................ 0004-1

Figure 2. Control Panel........................................................................................................................ 0004-2

Figure 3. Control Panel........................................................................................................................ 0004-3

Table 2. CAB CONTROL PANEL....................................................................................................... 0004-4

Figure 4. Cab Control Panel................................................................................................................ 0004-4

Table 3. VALVES............................................................................................................................... 0004-5

Figure 5. Valves................................................................................................................................... 0004-5

Figure 6. Valves................................................................................................................................... 0004-6

PREPARATION FOR OPERATION/ENGINE START-UP........................................................................... WP 0005

OPERATING LIGHTS.................................................................................................................................. WP 0006

Figure 1. Operating Lights................................................................................................................... 0006-1

Figure 2. Operating Lights................................................................................................................... 0006-2

Figure 3. Operating Lights................................................................................................................... 0006-2

Figure 4. Operating Lights................................................................................................................... 0006-3

LOADING/UNLOADING WATER DISTRIBUTOR ON PLS OR TRAILER.................................................. WP 0007

FUELING..................................................................................................................................................... WP 0008

ii
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 1. Fueling.................................................................................................................................. 0008-1

FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION........................................................................................................... WP 0009

Figure 1. Fire Extinguisher Operation.................................................................................................. 0009-1

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE............................................................................... WP 0010

Figure 1. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-2

Figure 2. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-3

Figure 3. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-4

Figure 4. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-5

Figure 5. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-6

Figure 6. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-6

Figure 7. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-7

Figure 8. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-8

Figure 9. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-8

Figure 10. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-9

Figure 11. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.............................................................................. 0010-9

Figure 12. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-10

Figure 13. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-10

Figure 14. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-11

Figure 15. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-12

Figure 16. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-12

Figure 17. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use............................................................................ 0010-13

FILL WATER DISTRIBUTOR FROM OVERHEAD SOURCE .................................................................... WP 0011

Figure 1. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source...................................................................... 0011-1

Figure 2. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source...................................................................... 0011-2

Figure 3. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source...................................................................... 0011-2

UNIVERSAL POWER INTERFACE KIT (UPIK) CONNECT/DISCONNECT............................................... WP 0012

Figure 1. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover............................................................................................. 0012-1

iii
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 2. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover............................................................................................. 0012-2

Figure 3. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover............................................................................................. 0012-2

Figure 4. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover............................................................................................. 0012-3

Figure 5. Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover..................................................................................... 0012-3

Figure 6. Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover..................................................................................... 0012-4

Figure 7. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-5

Figure 8. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-5

Figure 9. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-6

Figure 10. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-6

Figure 11. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-7

Figure 12. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-7

Figure 13. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.................................................................................. 0012-8

Figure 14. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover......................................................................... 0012-8

Figure 15. Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover..................................................................................... 0012-9

Figure 16. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover......................................................................... 0012-9

Figure 17. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover....................................................................... 0012-10

Figure 18. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover....................................................................... 0012-10

Figure 19. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover....................................................................... 0012-11

Figure 20. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover....................................................................... 0012-11

Figure 21. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.............................................................. 0012-12

Figure 22. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.............................................................. 0012-13

Figure 23. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.............................................................. 0012-13

Figure 24. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.............................................................. 0012-14

Figure 25. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover......................................................... 0012-14

Figure 26. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover......................................................... 0012-15

Figure 27. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover......................................................... 0012-15

Figure 28. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover......................................................... 0012-16

iv
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

DISCHARGE FROM GRAVITY SPRINKLER BAR..................................................................................... WP 0013

Figure 1. Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar.................................................................................. 0013-1

SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................ WP 0014

Figure 1. Sprinkler Head Adjustment................................................................................................... 0014-1

Figure 2. 2 Ft. Width............................................................................................................................ 0014-2

Figure 3. 20 Ft. Width.......................................................................................................................... 0014-2

Figure 4. 40 Ft. Width.......................................................................................................................... 0014-3

Figure 5. 80 Ft. Width.......................................................................................................................... 0014-4

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY.................................................................................. WP 0015

Figure 1. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-1

Figure 2. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-2

Figure 3. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-2

Figure 4. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-3

Figure 5. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-3

Figure 6. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-4

Figure 7. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-5

Figure 8. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-5

Figure 9. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-6

Figure 10. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-6

Figure 11. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-7

Figure 12. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-7

Figure 13. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-8

Figure 14. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-8

Figure 15. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-9

Figure 16. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.............................................................................. 0015-9

Figure 17. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly............................................................................ 0015-10

Figure 18. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly............................................................................ 0015-10

v
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES............................................................................................. WP 0016

Figure 1. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-1

Figure 2. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-2

Figure 3. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-2

Figure 4. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-3

Figure 5. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-4

Figure 6. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-4

Figure 7. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform............................................................... 0016-5

Figure 8. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover............................................ 0016-6

Figure 9. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover............................................ 0016-6

Figure 10. Application Chart. (Front)..................................................................................................... 0016-7

Figure 11. Application Chart. (Rear)...................................................................................................... 0016-8

Figure 12. Typical Sprinkler Nozzle Water Delivery.............................................................................. 0016-9

Figure 13. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover............................................ 0016-9

Figure 14. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover.......................................... 0016-10

Figure 15. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover.......................................... 0016-10

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY.......................................................................................... WP 0017

Figure 1. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-1

Figure 2. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-2

Figure 3. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-2

Figure 4. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-3

Figure 5. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-4

Figure 6. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-4

Figure 7. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-5

Figure 8. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-6

Figure 9. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly................................................................................. 0017-6

CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE........................................................................... WP 0018

vi
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 1. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-1

Figure 2. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-2

Figure 3. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-2

Figure 4. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-3

Figure 5. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-4

Figure 6. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-4

Figure 7. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse..................................................................... 0018-5

PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP................................................................................................................. WP 0019

Figure 1. Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-1

Figure 2. Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-2

Figure 3. Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-3

Figure 4. Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-4

Figure 5. Prime Fully Drained Pump................................................................................................... 0019-4

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND 3" HOSE.......................................................... WP 0020

Figure 1. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-1

Figure 2. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-2

Figure 3. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-2

Figure 4. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-3

Figure 5. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-3

Figure 6. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-4

Figure 7. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-5

Figure 8. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-5

Figure 9. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-6

Figure 10. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-7

Figure 11. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-8

Figure 12. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-9

Figure 13. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer........................................ 0020-9

vii
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 14. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-10

Figure 15. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-10

Figure 16. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-11

Figure 17. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-11

Figure 18. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-12

Figure 19. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-12

Figure 20. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer...................................... 0020-13

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP.............................................................................. WP 0021

Figure 1. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump.......................................................................... 0021-2

Figure 2. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump.......................................................................... 0021-3

Figure 3. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump.......................................................................... 0021-4

Figure 4. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-5

Figure 5. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-5

Figure 6. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-6

Figure 7. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-6

Figure 8. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-7

Figure 9. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-7

Figure 10. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-8

Figure 11. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-9

Figure 12. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant..................................................................................... 0021-9

Figure 13. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant................................................................................... 0021-10

Figure 14. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant................................................................................... 0021-10

Figure 15. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant................................................................................... 0021-11

Figure 16. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant................................................................................... 0021-11

LOAD TANK WITH EXTERNAL 2.5" AND 5" HOSES................................................................................. WP 0022

Figure 1. Load Tank With External 2.5" Hose..................................................................................... 0022-1

Figure 2. Load Tank With 5" Hose....................................................................................................... 0022-2

viii
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP................................................................................................................. WP 0023

Figure 1. Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-1

Figure 2. Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-2

Figure 3. Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-2

Figure 4. Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-3

Figure 5. Empty Tank Without Pump................................................................................................... 0023-3

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER....................................................................................... WP 0024

Figure 1. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-1

Figure 2. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-2

Figure 3. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-2

Figure 4. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-3

Figure 5. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-3

Figure 6. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-4

Figure 7. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-4

Figure 8. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-5

Figure 9. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-5

Figure 10. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-5

Figure 11. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-6

Figure 12. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-7

Figure 13. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-7

Figure 14. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-8

Figure 15. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-8

Figure 16. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.................................................................................. 0024-9

Figure 17. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-10

Figure 18. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-10

Figure 19. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-11

Figure 20. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-11

ix
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 21. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-11

Figure 22. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-12

Figure 23. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-12

Figure 24. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-13

Figure 25. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-13

Figure 26. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-14

Figure 27. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather................................................................................ 0024-14

OPERATING IN EXTREME HEAT.............................................................................................................. WP 0025

OPERATING IN EXTREME DUST.............................................................................................................. WP 0026

OPERATING IN COLD ENVIRONMENT +45 DEGREES F to +33 DEGREES F (+7 DEGREES


C to +1 DEGREES C).................................................................................................................................. WP 0027

Chapter 3 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................... WP 0028

TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE............................................... WP 0029

ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK...................................................................................................................... WP 0030

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0030-1

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.......................................................................... 0030-2

Figure 3. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0030-2

Figure 4. Batteries And Battery Cables - Step 3.................................................................................. 0030-3

ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START.............................................................................................. WP 0031

Figure 1. Fuel Tank - Step 2................................................................................................................ 0031-2

Figure 2. Air Filter Restriction Indicator - Step 3.................................................................................. 0031-2

ENGINE STALLS......................................................................................................................................... WP 0032

Figure 1. Fuel Tank - Step 1................................................................................................................ 0032-1

Figure 2. Air Filter Restriction Indicator - Step 2.................................................................................. 0032-2

ENGINE WILL NOT INCREASE RPM......................................................................................................... WP 0033

Figure 1. Main Control Panel And Cab Control Box............................................................................ 0033-1

EXCESSIVE ENGINE VIBRATION............................................................................................................. WP 0034

x
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 1. Tachometer - Step 1............................................................................................................. 0034-1

EXCESSIVE ENGINE NOISE...................................................................................................................... WP 0035

ENGINE OVERHEATS................................................................................................................................ WP 0036

Figure 1. Engine Cover Grille - Step 2................................................................................................. 0036-1

ABNORMAL EXHAUST............................................................................................................................... WP 0037

WATER PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE....................................................................................................... WP 0038

Figure 1. Petcock P1 - Step 2.............................................................................................................. 0038-1

Figure 2. Closure Cap C1 - Step 3...................................................................................................... 0038-2

EXCESSIVE WATER PRESSURE.............................................................................................................. WP 0039

WATER PRESSURE LOW.......................................................................................................................... WP 0040

WATER PRESSURE ERRATIC.................................................................................................................. WP 0041

Figure 1. Engine Speed, Water Inlet/Outlet Gauges - Step 1.............................................................. 0041-1

EXCESSIVE PUMP NOISE......................................................................................................................... WP 0042

Figure 1. Valve V5 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0042-2

WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE........................................................................................................... WP 0043

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0043-1

WATER DISTRIBUTOR DOES NOT OPERATE REMOTELY.................................................................... WP 0044

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0044-1

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.......................................................................... 0044-2

Figure 3. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0044-2

NO POWER TO MAIN CONTROL PANEL.................................................................................................. WP 0045

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0045-1

Figure 2. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0045-2

Figure 3. Batteries And Battery Cables - Step 3.................................................................................. 0045-2

Figure 4. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 4.......................................................................................... 0045-3

Figure 5. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 4.......................................................................... 0045-3

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE INOPERATIVE........................................................................................... WP 0046

xi
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0046-1

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.......................................................................... 0046-1

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE READS HIGH OR LOW............................................................................. WP 0047

Figure 1. Battery Voltage Gauge - Step 2........................................................................................... 0047-2

MAIN CONTROL PANEL ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT


ILLUMINATE................................................................................................................................................ WP 0048

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0048-1

Figure 2. Battery Voltmeter Gauge - Step 1........................................................................................ 0048-1

Figure 3. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0048-2

Figure 4. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.......................................................................................... 0048-3

Figure 5. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 3.......................................................................... 0048-3

ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED WHEN STARTING........................ WP 0049

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS LOW....................................................................................... WP 0050

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS HIGH...................................................................................... WP 0051

WATER PUMP INLET GAUGE INOPERATIVE.......................................................................................... WP 0052

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0052-1

Figure 2. Water Pump Inlet Gauge - Step 2........................................................................................ 0052-2

WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................................................................... WP 0053

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.............................................................................................. 0053-1

Figure 2. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0053-2

Figure 3. Water Level High indicator - Step 2...................................................................................... 0053-2

WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE.................................................................... WP 0054

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.............................................................................................. 0054-1

Figure 2. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0054-2

Figure 3. Water Level Low Indicator - Step 2...................................................................................... 0054-2

WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED....................................................................... WP 0055

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.............................................................................................. 0055-1

WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED........................................................................ WP 0056

xii
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.............................................................................................. 0056-1

MANUAL WATER TURRET DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................. WP 0057

Figure 1. Valve V6 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0057-1

Figure 2. Valve V1 - Step 2................................................................................................................. 0057-2

MANUAL WATER TURRET OUTPUT LOW............................................................................................... WP 0058

Figure 1. Valve V6 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0058-1

Figure 2. Valve V1 - Step 2................................................................................................................. 0058-2

Figure 3. Valve V5 - Step 3................................................................................................................. 0058-3

GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................... WP 0059

Figure 1. Valve V8 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0059-1

GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR STREAM LOW...................................................................................... WP 0060

Figure 1. Valve V8 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0060-1

Figure 2. Gravity Fed Sprinkler Bar - Step 2....................................................................................... 0060-2

SPRINKLER HEADS DO NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................. WP 0061

SPRINKLER HEAD OUTPUT LOW............................................................................................................. WP 0062

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 3................................................................................................................. 0062-2

Figure 2. Valve V5 - Step 4................................................................................................................. 0062-3

WATER HOSE DOES NOT OPERATE....................................................................................................... WP 0063

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0063-1

Figure 2. Valve V7 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0063-2

Figure 3. Water Hose - Step 2............................................................................................................. 0063-2

Figure 4. Water Pump Outlet Gauge - Step 3..................................................................................... 0063-3

WATER HOSE OUTPUT LOW.................................................................................................................... WP 0064

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0064-1

Figure 2. Valve V7 - Step 1................................................................................................................. 0064-2

Figure 3. Valve V5 - Step 2................................................................................................................. 0064-3

Figure 4. Water Hose - Step 3............................................................................................................. 0064-4

xiii
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 5. Water Pump Outlet Gauge - Step 4..................................................................................... 0064-4

CAB CONTROL BOX ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT


ILLUMINATE................................................................................................................................................ WP 0065

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0065-1

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.......................................................................... 0065-2

Figure 3. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.......................................................................................... 0065-2

Figure 4. Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0065-3

Figure 5. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0065-3

Figure 6. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.......................................................................................... 0065-4

Figure 7. Cab Control Box Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 3............................................... 0065-4

CAB CONTROL BOX TACHOMETER DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................. WP 0066

Figure 1. Tachometer - Step 1............................................................................................................. 0066-1

Figure 2. Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0066-2

Figure 3. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0066-2

Figure 4. Cab Control Box Tachometer - Step 3................................................................................. 0066-3

CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE............................... WP 0067

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0067-1

Figure 2. Water Level High indicator - Step 1...................................................................................... 0067-2

Figure 3. Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0067-2

Figure 4. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0067-3

Figure 5. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.......................................................................................... 0067-3

Figure 6. Cab Control Box Water Level High Indicator - Step 3.......................................................... 0067-4

CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................................ WP 0068

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.......................................................................................... 0068-1

Figure 2. Water Level Low Indicator - Step 1...................................................................................... 0068-2

Figure 3. Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0068-2

Figure 4. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0068-3

Figure 5. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.......................................................................................... 0068-3

xiv
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 6. Cab Control Box Water Level Low Indicator - Step 3........................................................... 0068-4

CAB CONTROL BOX LIGHTS SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................... WP 0069

Figure 1. Cab Control Box - Step 2..................................................................................................... 0069-2

Figure 2. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2...................................................................... 0069-2

Chapter 4 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)


INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................... WP 0070

Table 1. Leakage Definitions for PMCS............................................................................................. 0070-2

Table 2. Key....................................................................................................................................... 0070-3

Figure 1. Dipstick................................................................................................................................. 0070-3

Figure 2. Water Turret Lube Points..................................................................................................... 0070-4

Figure 3. Hose Reel Lube Points......................................................................................................... 0070-4

OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).................................... WP 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)............. 0071-1

Figure 1. Ladder.................................................................................................................................. 0071-2

Figure 2. Petcock Valves..................................................................................................................... 0071-3

Figure 3. Engine.................................................................................................................................. 0071-4

Figure 4. Engine Oil............................................................................................................................. 0071-5

Figure 5. Engine Coolant..................................................................................................................... 0071-6

Figure 6. Fuel/Water Separator........................................................................................................... 0071-8

Figure 7. Engine Drive Belt.................................................................................................................. 0071-9

Figure 8. Air Cleaner......................................................................................................................... 0071-10

Figure 9. Batteries............................................................................................................................. 0071-11

Figure 10. NATO Slave....................................................................................................................... 0071-12

Figure 11. Connection Point C1.......................................................................................................... 0071-13

Figure 12. Hoses and Retaining Screws............................................................................................. 0071-14

Figure 13. Floating Strainer................................................................................................................. 0071-15

Figure 14. Vent.................................................................................................................................... 0071-16

xv
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 15. Tank................................................................................................................................... 0071-16

Figure 16. Water Level Indicator......................................................................................................... 0071-17

Figure 17. Fuel Tank........................................................................................................................... 0071-19

Figure 18. UPIK Interface Kit............................................................................................................... 0071-20

Figure 19. Stowage Box...................................................................................................................... 0071-21

Figure 20. Fire Extinguisher................................................................................................................ 0071-23

Figure 21. Safety Chain....................................................................................................................... 0071-24

Figure 22. Folding Handrail................................................................................................................. 0071-25

Figure 23. Control Box......................................................................................................................... 0071-26

Figure 24. Water Turret....................................................................................................................... 0071-27

Figure 25. Manhole Cover................................................................................................................... 0071-28

Figure 26. Hose Reel........................................................................................................................... 0071-29

Figure 27. Sprinklers........................................................................................................................... 0071-30

Figure 28. Air Oiler.............................................................................................................................. 0071-31

Figure 29. Air Actuators....................................................................................................................... 0071-32

Figure 30. Sprinkler Bar....................................................................................................................... 0071-33

Figure 31. Work Lights........................................................................................................................ 0071-34

Figure 32. Engine................................................................................................................................ 0071-35

Figure 33. Exhaust System................................................................................................................. 0071-36

Figure 34. Controls and Indicators...................................................................................................... 0071-37

Figure 35. Safety Chain....................................................................................................................... 0071-38

Figure 36. Work Lights........................................................................................................................ 0071-39

Figure 37. Sprinklers........................................................................................................................... 0071-40

Figure 38. Hose Reel........................................................................................................................... 0071-41

Figure 39. Sprinkler Bar....................................................................................................................... 0071-42

Figure 40. Engine................................................................................................................................ 0071-43

Figure 41. Air Filter Restriction Indicator............................................................................................. 0071-44

xvi
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 42. Engine Oil Level................................................................................................................. 0071-45

Figure 43. Hoses and Connection Point Covers................................................................................. 0071-46

Figure 44. Floating Strainer................................................................................................................. 0071-47

Figure 45. Tank................................................................................................................................... 0071-48

Figure 46. Fuel Tank........................................................................................................................... 0071-50

Figure 47. UPIK Interface Kit............................................................................................................... 0071-51

Figure 48. Stowage Box...................................................................................................................... 0071-52

Figure 49. Ladder................................................................................................................................ 0071-53

Figure 50. Hose Reel........................................................................................................................... 0071-54

Figure 51. Sprinklers........................................................................................................................... 0071-55

Figure 52. Rollers................................................................................................................................ 0071-56

Figure 53. Sprinkler Bar....................................................................................................................... 0071-57

Figure 54. Exhaust System................................................................................................................. 0071-58

Figure 55. Batteries............................................................................................................................. 0071-59

Figure 56. Fuel Tank........................................................................................................................... 0071-61

Figure 57. UPIK Interface Kit............................................................................................................... 0071-62

Figure 58. Stowage Box...................................................................................................................... 0071-63

Figure 59. Air Filter.............................................................................................................................. 0071-64

Figure 60. Sheet Metal and Frame...................................................................................................... 0071-65

Figure 61. Air Lines, Hoses, and Wiring.............................................................................................. 0071-66

Figure 62. Valves and Connection Point Covers................................................................................. 0071-67

Chapter 5 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

SERVICE UPON RECEIPT......................................................................................................................... WP 0072

BACK FLUSHING........................................................................................................................................ WP 0073

Figure 1. Back Flushing....................................................................................................................... 0073-1

PREPARATION FOR TRANSPORT........................................................................................................... WP 0074

Figure 1. Preparation For Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport............................................... 0074-2

xvii
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 2. Preparation For Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport............................................... 0074-2

Figure 3. Placing Water Distributor Back In Service After Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing
Air Transport......................................................................................................................... 0074-3

Figure 4. Placing Water Distributor Back In Service After Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing
Air Transport......................................................................................................................... 0074-3

STOW/UNSTOW ROLLERS....................................................................................................................... WP 0075

Figure 1. Stow Rollers......................................................................................................................... 0075-1

Figure 2. Unstow Rollers..................................................................................................................... 0075-2

STOW\UNSTOW LADDER.......................................................................................................................... WP 0076

Figure 1. Unstow Ladder..................................................................................................................... 0076-1

Figure 2. Unstow Ladder..................................................................................................................... 0076-2

Figure 3. Stow Ladder......................................................................................................................... 0076-2

Figure 4. Stow Ladder......................................................................................................................... 0076-3

STOW/UNSTOW RAILING.......................................................................................................................... WP 0077

Figure 1. Stow Railing......................................................................................................................... 0077-1

Figure 2. Stow Railing......................................................................................................................... 0077-2

Figure 3. Stow Railing......................................................................................................................... 0077-2

Figure 4. Unstow Railing..................................................................................................................... 0077-3

Figure 5. Unstow Railing..................................................................................................................... 0077-3

Figure 6. Unstow Railing..................................................................................................................... 0077-4

STOW/UNSTOW HOSES............................................................................................................................ WP 0078

Figure 1. Unstow Fill Hoses................................................................................................................. 0078-1

Figure 2. Stow Fill Hoses..................................................................................................................... 0078-2

Figure 3. Unwind Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-2

Figure 4. Unwind Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-3

Figure 5. Retract Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-3

Figure 6. Retract Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-4

Figure 7. Retract Hose Reel................................................................................................................ 0078-4

xviii
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

STOW/UNSTOW FLOATING STRAINER................................................................................................... WP 0079

Figure 1. Unstow Floating Strainer...................................................................................................... 0079-1

Figure 2. Stow Floating Strainer.......................................................................................................... 0079-2

OPEN/CLOSE MANHOLE COVER............................................................................................................. WP 0080

Figure 1. Open Manhole Cover........................................................................................................... 0080-1

Figure 2. Close Manhole Cover........................................................................................................... 0080-2

OPEN/CLOSE BATTERY BOX................................................................................................................... WP 0081

Figure 1. Open Battery Box................................................................................................................. 0081-1

Figure 2. Close Battery Box................................................................................................................. 0081-2

OPEN/CLOSE ENGINE ACCESS COVERS............................................................................................... WP 0082

Figure 1. Open Engine Access Cover................................................................................................. 0082-1

Figure 2. Close Engine Access Cover................................................................................................. 0082-2

CLEANING................................................................................................................................................... WP 0083

DATA PLATES AND STENCILS................................................................................................................. WP 0084

Figure 1. Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0084-1

Figure 2. Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0084-1

Figure 3. Data Plates........................................................................................................................... 0084-2

Figure 4. Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-2

Figure 5. Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-3

Figure 6. Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-4

Figure 7. Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-5

Figure 8. Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-6

Figure 9. Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-7

Figure 10. Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-8

Figure 11. Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-9

Figure 12. Stencils................................................................................................................................. 0084-9

OUTER AIR FILTER ELEMENT REMOVAL/SERVICE/INSTALLATION.................................................... WP 0085

xix
TM 5-3825-270-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 1. Air Filter Element Removal................................................................................................... 0085-1

Figure 2. Air Filter Element Removal................................................................................................... 0085-2

Figure 3. Air Filter Element Service..................................................................................................... 0085-2

Figure 4. Air Filter Element Service..................................................................................................... 0085-3

Figure 5. Air Filter Element Installation................................................................................................ 0085-4

Figure 6. Air Filter Element Installation................................................................................................ 0085-4

Figure 7. Air Filter Element Installation................................................................................................ 0085-5

Chapter 6 - SUPPORTING INFORMATION

REFERENCES............................................................................................................................................ WP 0086

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS............................................................ WP 0087

Table 1. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM........................................................................................... 0087-2

Table 2. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS........................................................................................................... 0087-3

EXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST...................................................................................................... WP 0088

FO1 DATA PLATE....................................................................................................................................... WP 0089

Foldout Figures

FO-1. Data Plate........................................................................................................................................... FP-1

xx
TM 5-3825-270-10

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

GENERAL INFORMATION

This manual is designed to help operate and maintain the Water Distributor, NSN 3825-01-577-2713, Part Number
5251894. Listed below are some of the features included in this manual to help locate and use the needed
information:
Warning, caution and note headings, subject headings and other essential information are printed in bold
type, making them easier to see.
In addition to text, there are digital photos and some line art illustrations showing how to take a component
off and put it back on. Cleaning and inspection criteria are also included where necessary.
Chapter 1 of this manual covers General Information, Equipment Description and Data, and Theory of
Operation.
Chapter 2 of this manual covers Operator Instructions.
Chapter 3 of this manual provides an Introduction to Troubleshooting and Troubleshooting Procedures.
Chapter 4 of this manual covers Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS).
Chapter 5 of this manual covers Maintenance Instructions.
Chapter 6 of this manual provides Supporting Information, References, Components of End Item and Basic
Issue Items, and Expendables/Durable Supplies and Materials List.
Follow these guidelines when using this manual:
Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES prior to performing any procedure.
The operator must read through this manual and become familiar with its contents before attempting to
operate the Water Distributor.
Water Distributor TM 5-3825-270-10 is used in conjunction with Palletized Load System (PLS) TM
9-2320-364 manual series.

xxi/xxii blank
TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND


THEORY OF OPERATION
TM 5-3825-270-10 0001

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION

SCOPE

TYPE OF MANUAL

This manual contains operation and operator maintenance instructions for the Engineer Mission Module - Water
Distributor (EMM - WD).

EQUIPMENT NAME AND MODEL NUMBER

Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD), NSN 3825-01-577-2713, the module is manufactured by
E.D. Etnyre and Co.

PURPOSE OF EQUIPMENT

The EMM - WD's primary mission is to enhance the engineer corps and supported forces in the areas of combat
support, combat service support and general construction; this includes the construction of airfields, railways, roads
and infrastructure. When mounted on a truck or trailer the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD)
shall provide a means of:
Spreading measured amounts of water for increasing soil moisture
Applying soil stabilization additives
Applying dust control chemicals
Firefighting support capability

MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS

Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA
PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual (WP 0086).

REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If your Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EEM-WD) needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR.
You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you dont like about your equipment. Let us know why you dont
like the design or performance. If you have internet access, the easiest and fastest way to report problem or
suggestions is to go to https://aeps.ria.army.mil/aepspublic.cfm (scroll down and choose the "Submit Quality
Deficiency Report" bar). The Internet form lets you choose to submit an Equipment Improvement Recommendation
(EIR), a Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) or a Warranty Claim Action (WCA). You may also submit your
information using an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report) (WP 0086) . You can send your SF 368 via e-mail,
regular mail, or facsimile using the addresses/facsimile numbers specified in DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance
Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual (WP 0086). We will send you a reply.

CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)

Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any corrosion
problems with the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) be reported so that the problem can be
corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future. While corrosion is typically associated
with rusting of metals, corrosion can also include deterioration of other materials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual
cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem. If a corrosion problem is
identified, it can be reported using a SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report) (WP 0086) which should be
submitted to the address specified in DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users
Manual (WP 0086).

0001-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0001

DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Command decision, according to the tactical situation, will determine when the destruction of the Engineer Mission
Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) will be accomplished. A destruction plan will be prepared by the using
organization unless one has been prepared by a higher authority. For general destruction procedures for this
equipment, refer to TM 750-244-6, Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy
Use (U.S. Army Tank-automotive and Armaments Command) (WP 0086).

WARRANTY INFORMATION

The Water Distributor is warranted for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of warranty activation. The
warranty starts when the Water Distributor's warranty data plate is stamped by the Contractor during the Water
Distributor hand-off. Report all defects to your supervisor, who will take appropriate action. For equipment under
manufacturer's warranty, hard time oil service intervals shall be followed. Intervals shall be shortened if lubricants
are known to be contaminated or if operation is under adverse conditions, such as longer than usual operating hours,
extended idling period, or extreme dust.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

This list consists of special or unique abbreviations, acronyms, and descriptors not contained in MIL-STD-12,
Abbreviations for use on Drawings, and in Specifications, Standards and Technical Documents (WP 0086)

Table 1. List of Abbreviations.

amp Amperes

BII Basic Issue Item

C Centigrade

CAGEC Commercial and Government Entity Code

cm Centimeter

COEI Components of End Item

CTA Common Table of Allowances

DA Department of the Army

DC Direct Current

EIR Equipment Improvement Recommendation

EMM - WD Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor

F Fahrenheit

ft Foot

GPM Gallons per Minute

hp Horsepower

0001-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0001

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS - Continued

Table 1. List of Abbreviations - Continued.

in. Inch

ISO International Standards Organization

kPa Kilopascal

L Liter

lb Pound

LHS Load Handling System

m Meter

ml Milliliters

mm Millimeter

NBC Nuclear, Biological, Chemical

NSN National Stock Number

PLS Palletized Load System

PLST Palletized Load System Trailer

PMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

PQDR Product Quality Deficiency Report

psi Pound-Force Per Square Inch

Qt Quart

RPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools List

rpm Revolutions Per Minute

SAE Society of Automotive Engineers

STD Standard

TAMMS The Army Maintenance Management System

TM Technical Manual

U/I Unit Of Issue

U/M Unit Of Measure

0001-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0001

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS - Continued

Table 1. List of Abbreviations - Continued.

vdc Volts Direct Current

WCA Warranty Claim Action

SAFETY

GENERAL

Even though the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) has no special hazardous or dangerous
characteristics during exposure to normal transportation environments, several general safety considerations and
precautions are important.
Check the entire module to be sure loose items are properly secured.
Have fire extinguishers readily available when operating the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor
(EMM - WD).
Make sure only qualified personnel operate the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD).
Do not leave the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) unattended while the engine is
running.
Do not operate the Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) on public roads without the
appropriate safety equipment.
Adhere to all local, state, federal, and host-nation safety laws and regulations applying to commercial
carriers.

WARNING ICONS

Table 2. Warning Icons.

EAR PROTECTION - headphones over ears shows that


noise level will harm ears.

ELECTRICAL - electrical wire to arm with electricity


symbol running through human body shows that shock
hazard is present.

ELECTRICAL - electrical wire to hand with electricity


symbol running through hand shows that shock hazard
is present.

0001-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0001

WARNING ICONS - Continued

Table 2. Warning Icons - Continued.

FALLING PARTS - arrow bouncing off human shoulder


and head shows that falling parts present a danger to life
or limb.

FLYING PARTICLES - arrows bouncing off face shows


that particles flying through the air will harm face.

FLYING PARTICLES - arrows bouncing off face with


face shield shows that particles flying through the air will
harm face.

HEAVY OBJECT - human figure stooping over heavy


object shows physical injury potential from improper
lifting technique.

HEAVY PARTS - hand with heavy object on top shows


that heavy parts can crush and harm.

HEAVY PARTS - foot with heavy object on top shows


that heavy parts can crush and harm.

HEAVY PARTS - heavy object on human figure shows


that heavy parts present a danger to life or limb.

0001-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0001

WARNING ICONS - Continued

Table 2. Warning Icons - Continued.

HEAVY PARTS - heavy object pinning human figure


against wall shows that heavy, moving parts present a
danger to life or limb.

HELMET PROTECTION - arrow bouncing off head with


helmet shows that falling parts present a danger.

HOT AREA - hand over object radiating heat shows that


part is hot and can burn.

LASER LIGHT - laser light hazard symbol indicates


extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and
reflections.

MOVING PARTS - human figure with an arm caught


between gears shows that the moving parts of the
equipment present a danger to life or limb.

MOVING PARTS - hand with fingers caught between


gears shows that the moving parts of the equipment
present a danger to life or limb.

MOVING PARTS - hand with fingers caught between


rollers shows that the moving parts of the equipment
present a danger to life or limb.

0001-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0001

WARNING ICONS - Continued

Table 2. Warning Icons - Continued.

SHARP OBJECT - pointed object in hand shows that a


sharp object presents a danger to limb.

SHARP OBJECT - pointed object in hand shows that a


sharp object presents a danger to limb.

SHARP OBJECT - pointed object in foot shows that a


sharp object presents a danger to limb.

SLICK FLOOR - wavy line on floor with legs prone shows


that slick floor presents a danger for falling.

BIOLOGICAL - abstract symbol bug shows that a


material may contain bacteria or viruses that present a
danger to life or health.

CHEMICAL - drops of liquid on hand shows that the


material will cause burns or irritation to human skin or
tissue.

CRYOGENIC - hand in block of ice shows that the


material is extremely cold and can injure human skin or
tissue.

0001-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0001

WARNING ICONS - Continued

Table 2. Warning Icons - Continued.

EXPLOSION - rapidly expanding symbol shows that the


material may explode if subjected to high temperatures,
sources of ignition or high pressure.

EYE PROTECTION - person with goggles shows that


the material will injure the eyes.

FIRE - flame shows that a material may ignite and cause


burns.

POISON - skull and crossbones shows that a material is


poisonous or is a danger to life.

RADIATION - three circular wedges shows that the


material emits radioactive energy and can injure human
tissue.

VAPOR - human figure in a cloud shows that material


vapors present a danger to life or health.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0001-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0002

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

GENERAL

The Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) is a demountable 3000 gallon unit for use with NATO
STANAG compatible Load Handling System (LHS) type trucks (e.g., PLS M1075) and associated trailers (e.g., PLST
M1076). The Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) is compatible for PLS transport, operation
and use throughout the mission profile. It can also be powered by an on-board diesel engine. The Engineer Mission
Module - Water Distributor (EMM - WD) when unloaded from the PLS truck is capable of operating as a wash rack
facility. The Water Distributor can be operated from the cab of the PLS vehicle when vehicle is moving or at the rear
control station when vehicle is not moving. It is composed of a 3,000 gallon stainless steel water tank mounted on
top of a slightly modified M1077 flatrack. Internal baffles in the tank minimize sloshing of material during operations.
A 20 inch manhole is located at the rear top of the tank to permit access for inspection or filling. A catwalk and hand
rails are provided to allow access to the manhole from the rear control station. An overflow pipe, located at the top
of the tank, was incorporated to prevent overfilling and to allow room for expansion of the material. A drain is located
in the bottom rear of the tank for complete draining of the unit for service or inspection. Several inlet/outlet ports are
provided with a variety of adapters for various connections and operations. The EMM - WD is intended for fresh
water operation only; saltwater shall not be used in the EMM - WD.

EQUIPMENT DATA

Refer to the following table for specific equipment data.

Table 1. Equipment Data.

Item Specification

TANK RACK

Tank Capacity (usable) 3,000 gal

NSN 3825-01-577-2713

Part Number 5251894

Model Number WD3000

Length 238.4"

Width 96"

Height 82.1"

Weight, Empty 8,500 lb

Weight, Full 33,500 lb

WATER PUMP

Type Self-Priming Centrifugal

Nominal Capacity 600 gpm

0002-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0002

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

Table 1. Equipment Data - Continued.

Item Specification

Drive Direct with engine flywheel flex coupling

Minimum Recommended Operating Speed 1500 Engine rpm (continuous)

Maximum Recommended Operating Speed 2400 Engine rpm (continuous)

Maximum Discharge Pressure (outlet blocked) 135 psi at 2400 Engine rpm (30 seconds maximum)

ENGINE

Type Naturally Aspirated Liquid Cooled Diesel

Model Kubota V3600E3B

Power 66.8 HP

Maximum Speed 2400 rpm

Low Idle Speed 1000 rpm

WATER TURRET

Spray Distance Capability over 175' (shaper nozzle) over 125' (fog nozzle)

Normal Operation Output (shaper nozzle) 2400 Engine rpm: 110psi, 550 gpm

SPRINKLER NOZZLES

Type (2) Fan Nozzles-Adjustable Direction Fixed Opening

Spray Width Capability 80'

Normal Operation Output (one nozzle) 1800 Engine rpm: 75 psi, 235 gpm

Normal Operation Output (two nozzles) 1800 Engine rpm: 65 psi, 420 gpm

Full Output (two nozzles) 2400 Engine rpm: 110 psi, 550 gpm

HOSE REEL

Type Manual Crank

Hose Size 1.5" x 50'

Normal Operation Output (full open nozzle) 1500 Engine rpm: 50 psi, 65 gpm

Full Output (full open nozzle) 2400 Engine rpm: 125 psi, 110 gpm

0002-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0002

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

Table 1. Equipment Data - Continued.

Item Specification

SHUT-DOWN SYSTEM

Engine Overspeed over 2650 rpm

High Engine Coolant Temperature over 225 F

Low Engine Oil Pressure under 7 psi

Excessive Pump Discharge Pressure over 150 psi

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0002-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0003

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
THEORY OF OPERATION

INTRODUCTION

The EMM - WD's primary mission is to enhance the engineer corps and supported forces in the areas of combat
support, combat service support and general construction; this includes the construction of airfields, railways, roads
and infrastructure.

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

Electrical power is provided to the module by on-board systems. Water distribution is accomplished through the hose
reel, sprinkler system, water turret, and gravity bar.

OPERATIONAL FEATURES OF COMPONENTS

ENGINE

The engine, which powers the pump, is mounted within the module unit. It receives its fuel from a 20 gal (76 L) fuel
tank mounted to the flatrack on the front left side. Control of the engine is by the control panel as described below.
The EMM - WD and the engine is not shielded against electromagnetic interference. A standoff from high frequency
communications is recommended.

PUMP

The pump is coupled directly to the engine. The purpose of the pump is to pump water out of or into the tank.

VALVES

There are a total of eight valves on the Water Distributor that control different operations. Refer to data plates and
decals (WP 0084) for location of valves.

CONTROL PANEL

The control panel controls the starting and stopping of the engine. It also monitors the tank functions as well as the
high and low water indicators. The control panel is permanently mounted on the rear platform.

TRANSPORTER OPERATION AND FUNCTIONS

For transporter operation and functions refer to:


TM 9-2320-364-10 for the Palletized Load System (PLS) truck (M1074, M1075).
TM 9-2330-385-10 for the PLS trailer (M1076).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0003-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 2

OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
TM 5-3825-270-10 0004

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
LOCATIONS AND USE OF CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS INTRODUCTION

Know the location and proper use of every control and indicator before operating the water distributor. Use this
paragraph to learn how each control and indicator is to be used. Separate illustrations, with keys, are provided.

Table 1. MAIN CONTROL PANEL

2 3 4

Figure 1. Control Panel.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Battery Voltage Displays battery output in volts (V).

2 Engine Oil Pressure Displays engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi) and Kilopascal
Gauge (kPa).

3 Engine Coolant Displays engine coolant temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (F) and Celsius
Temperature Gauge (C).

4 Tachometer/Hrs Displays engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM x 100) and total
Display operating hours.

5 Water Pump Outlet Displays water output in pounds per square inch (psi).
Gauge

0004-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0004

Table 1. MAIN CONTROL PANEL - Continued

Key Control/Indicator Function

6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13

Figure 2. Control Panel.

6 Water Pump Inlet Displays water input in pounds per square inch (psi) and vacuum in (Hg).
Gauge

7 Light Switch Used to turn work lights on or off.

8 Engine ON/OFF Used to start and stop engine.


Switch

9 Left Side Water Used to turn Left Sprinklers on, off, and relay control to cab control box.
Sprinkler Switch

10 Right Side Water Used to turn Right Sprinklers on, off, and relay control to cab control box.
Sprinkler Switch

11 Resume/Idle Switch Used to run engine at idle speed or to resume set RPM for operation.

12 RPM Switch Used to raise or lower desired RPM for operation.

0004-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0004

Table 1. MAIN CONTROL PANEL - Continued

Key Control/Indicator Function

13 Set Button Pressed in to set desired RPM during operation.

14 15 16

17

Figure 3. Control Panel.

14 Water Level Low Illuminates steady when tank capacity is approximately 300 gallons or lower.
Indicator

15 Water Level High Illuminates when tank capacity is approximately 3000 gallons.
Indicator

16 Engine Off/ Battery Illuminates when emergency shutoff switch has been released, indicates that
Drain Indicator power is still in use and that battery is being drained.

17 Emergency Stop Allows the operator to immediately shut down the system in an emergency
Switch situation.

0004-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0004

Table 2. CAB CONTROL PANEL

1 2 3 4 5

11 10 9 8 7 6

Figure 4. Cab Control Panel.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Light Switch Used to turn work lights on and off.

2 Water Level High Illuminates when tank capacity is 3000 gallons.


Indicator

3 Water Level Low Illuminates when tank capacity is 300 gallons or lower.
Indicator

4 Engine ON/OFF Used to start and stop engine.


Switch

5 Tachometer Gauge Displays engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM x 100).

6 Set Button Pressed in to set desired RPM during operation.

7 RPM Switch Used to raise or lower desired RPM for operation.

8 Resume/Idle Switch Used to run engine at idle speed or to resume set RPM for operation.

9 Engine Off/ Battery Illuminates when emergency shutoff switch had been pressed, indicates that
Drain Indicator power is still in use and that battery is being drained.

0004-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0004

Table 2. CAB CONTROL PANEL - Continued

Key Control/Indicator Function

10 Right Side Water Used to turn Right Sprinklers on and off.


Sprinkler Switch

11 Left Side Water Used to turn Left Sprinklers on and off.


Sprinkler Switch

Table 3. VALVES

1 2 3

Figure 5. Valves.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Valve 6 (V6) Allows water to be routed to water turret when opened.

2 Valve 7 (V7) Allows water to be routed to hose reel when opened.

3 Valve 5 (V5) Allows water to enter water pump for operations when opened.

0004-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0004

Table 3. VALVES - Continued

Key Control/Indicator Function

4 5 6 7 8

Figure 6. Valves.

4 Valve 3 (V3) Allows tanks to be filled from road side with external 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) hose
when opened. Can also be used during complete draining of tank.

5 Valve 1 (V1) Main valve- Used during operation of hose reel, strainer, water turret, and
sprinklers, or when back flushing.

6 Valve 8 (V8) Allows water to be routed to gravity sprinkler bar when opened.

7 Valve 2 (V2) Allows tanks to be filled from curb side with external 5 in. (127 mm) hose. Can
also be used during complete draining of tank.

8 Valve 4 (V4) Allows tank to be filled from curb side with external 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) hose when
opened. Can also be used during complete draining of tank.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0004-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0005

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
PREPARATION FOR OPERATION/ENGINE START-UP

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

PREPARATION FOR OPERATION/ENGINE START-UP

1. Refer to (TM 9-2320-364-10) for Operation of PLS truck.


2. Inspect water distributor for damage that may have occurred during transport.
3. Check and tighten all fasteners, body tie-down bolts, pipe and circulating line connections, etc., that may have
loosened during transit.
4. Fill water distributor with at least 300 gallons of water (WP 0011).

CAUTION
Do not let engine pump run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
5. Start engine and circulate water (WP 0018).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0005-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0006

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATING LIGHTS

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

OPERATING LIGHTS

NOTE
Emergency stop switch must be ON to supply power to the electrical system.
The light switch has three positions: ON is the up position, middle is the OFF position,
and down is the CAB CONTROL position.
1. Disconnect t-handle (Figure 1, Item 1) from control panel cover (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 1. Operating Lights.


2. Open control panel cover (Figure 1, Item 2).
3. Place light switch (Figure 2, Item 3) to ON position to turn work lights (Figure 2, Item 4) on and back to OFF
to turn work lights off.

0006-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0006

OPERATING LIGHTS - Continued

4
3

Figure 2. Operating Lights.


4. Place light switch (Figure 3, Item 3) to CAB CONTROL to operate work lights (Figure 3, Item 4) from cab control
box (Figure 3, Item 5).

3 4

Figure 3. Operating Lights.


5. Connect universal power interface kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).

NOTE
Ensure emergency stop switch is in the OFF position when mission is complete.
6. Place light switch (Figure 4, Item 3) on cab control box (Figure 4, Item 5) to ON position to turn work lights
(Figure 4, Item 4) on, and back to OFF to turn work lights off.

0006-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0006

OPERATING LIGHTS - Continued

3 4

Figure 4. Operating Lights.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0006-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0007

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
LOADING/UNLOADING WATER DISTRIBUTOR ON PLS OR TRAILER

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Disconnect UPIK (Unloading only). (WP 0012)

LOADING/UNLOADING WATER DISTRIBUTOR ON PLS OR TRAILER

The Water Distributor is capable of being loaded, or unloaded on any PLS truck, or PLS trailer (PLST). (TM
9-2320-364-10)

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0007-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0008

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
FUELING

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts
Gloves, Chemical Oil Protective (WP 0088, Table
1, Item 13)
Goggles, Industrial (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 14)

FUELING

WARNING

Fuel
Diesel fuel is flammable. Do not perform this procedure near fire, flame or sparks. Failure
to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
DO NOT smoke or permit any open flame in area of Water Distributor while you are
servicing fuel system. Be sure hose nozzle is grounded against filler tube during refueling
to prevent static electricity. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
DO NOT perform fuel system checks, inspections, or maintenance while smoking or near
fire, flames, or sparks. Fuel may ignite, causing injury or death to personnel, or damage
to equipment.
Operating personnel must wear fuel-resistant gloves when handling fuels. If exposed to
fuel, promptly wash exposed skin and change fuel-soaked clothing.
1. Remove fuel cap (Figure 1, Item 1) from fuel tank (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 1. Fueling.

0008-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0008

FUELING - Continued

2. Fill fuel tank (Figure 1, Item 2). When fuel tank has been filled, replace fuel cap (Figure 1, Item 1) on fuel tank.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0008-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0009

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION

WARNING

Fire extinguisher contents are under pressure. Do not puncture or incinerate.


DO NOT store at high temperatures above 120F (49C).
Avoid inhaling the extinguishing agent. Avoid inhaling smoke and fumes - all fires release
toxic substances that are harmful. DO NOT remain in a closed area after use. Evacuate
the area immediately and ventilate thoroughly before re-entering.
Although extinguishing agents are non-toxic when properly used, contact with them may
cause irritation to eyes, nose, and throat and other allergic symptoms.
Failure to comply with the above warnings could result in injury or death to personnel or
damage to equipment.

NOTE
This fire extinguisher can be used on trash, wood, paper, flammable liquids, and electrical
equipment.
1. Release clamp (Figure 1, Item 6).

2 3
1

7
6

Figure 1. Fire Extinguisher Operation.

0009-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0009

FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION - Continued

2. Remove fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 5) from mounting bracket (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Hold fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 5) upright, and pull safety pin (Figure 1, Item 4) to break plastic tie (Figure
1, Item 3).
4. Point nozzle (Figure 1, Item 7) at base of fire.
5. Squeeze lever (Figure 1, Item 2) and sweep side to side.
6. Place fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 5) on bracket (Figure 1, Item 1).
7. Secure latch (Figure 1, Item 6).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0009-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts Materials/Parts (cont.)


Gloves, Chemical Oil Protective (WP 0088, Table Goggles, Industrial (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 14)
1, Item 13) Soil Stabilization Additive (WP 0088, Table 1, Item
31)

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE

WARNING

Soil stabilization additive may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Use protective gloves and
goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. First aid for ingestion: Drink 1 to 2 glasses of milk or
water. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated
clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms persist, seek medical
attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides.
If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not
breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure
to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

NOTE
Soil stabilization additive must be diluted with water to a concentration ratio that is in
accordance with the manufacturers recommendation for the required application.
A common dilution ratio used is 3:1 (3 gallons [11 L] ) of water for each gallon of soil
stabilization additive) which is 825 gallons (3,123 L) of water for each 275 gallons (1,041
L) of soil stabilization additive. At this 3:1 dilution ratio, a full 3,000 gallon (11,356 L) water
distributor tank load will require 2,250 gallons (8,517 L) of water and 750 gallons (2,839
L) of soil stabilization additive.
1. Fill water distributor with half of water required for intended dilution ratio and total load. It is recommended to
use either the system pump (WP 0020) or external pump (WP 0021) when performing this task.
2. Unstow one suction hose (WP 0078).
3. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 4) from connection point C1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

0010-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

4 3

Figure 1. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


4. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 3) and attach suction hose (Figure 1, Item 2) to connection point C1 (Figure 1,
Item 1).

NOTE
Couplings are provided in the stowage box for multiple configurations of soil stabilization
additive totes.
5. Unstow 2" coupling cam (Figure 2, Item 8), 3" coupling cam (Figure 2, Item 6) and reducer (Figure 2, Item 7)
from stowage box (Figure 2, Item 5).

0010-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

6 7 8

Figure 2. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


6. Connect 2" coupling cam (Figure 2, Item 8) to 3" coupling cam (Figure 2, Item 6) with reducer (Figure 2, Item
7).
7. Connect 2" coupling cam (Figure 3, Item 8) to tote connection point (Figure 3, Item 9).

0010-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

10 12

10

8, 9
6

11

Figure 3. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


8. Remove cap (Figure 3, Item 11) from suction hose (Figure 3, Item 2).
9. Attach suction hose (Figure 3, Item 2) to 3" coupling cam (Figure 3, Item 6).
10. Remove cap (Figure 3, Item 12) from tote (Figure 3, Item 10).
11. Open valve V1 (Figure 4, Item 13).

0010-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

13

Figure 4. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


12. Open valve V5 (Figure 5, Item 14).

0010-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

14

Figure 5. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


13. Open control panel cover (Figure 6, Item 15) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 6, Item 16).

15 16

Figure 6. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


14. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 7, Item 19).

0010-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

17 18

19

21 20

Figure 7. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment.
15. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 7, Item 17) until engine is started.
16. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 7, Item 18) to 1500 rpm by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 7, Item
21).

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is set to 1500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
DO NOT allow engine to run longer than necessary to empty soil stabilization additive
into water tank. Soil stabilization additive will foam and cause expansion of product.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
17. When engine rpm (Figure 7, Item 18) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 7, Item 20) to set rpm .
18. Slowly close valve V1 (Figure 8, Item 13).

0010-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

13

Figure 8. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


19. Open valve (Figure 9, Item 22) on tote (Figure 9, Item 10).

10 22

Figure 9. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment.
20. When loading procedure is complete, press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 10, Item 23) to the IDLE position
to return engine rpm (Figure 10, Item 18) to idle speed.

0010-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

18

23

Figure 10. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


21. Close valve V5 (Figure 11, Item 14).

14

Figure 11. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


22. Immediately shut water distributor engine off by pressing down on start/stop switch (Figure 12, Item 17).

0010-9
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

17

Figure 12. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


23. Close valve (Figure 13, Item 22) on tote (Figure 13, Item 10).

10

8, 9
6

22
2

Figure 13. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


24. Disconnect 2" coupling cam (Figure 13, Item 8) from tote connection point (Figure 13, Item 9).
25. Repeat Steps (7) through (24) for any additional totes (Figure 13, Item 10) of soil stabilization additive required
for intended load.
26. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 13, Item 2) from 3" coupling cam (Figure 13, Item 6) on tote (Figure 13, Item
10).
27. Fill water distributor with remaining half of water required for intended dilution ratio and total load. It is
recommended to use either the system pump (WP 0020) or external pump (WP 0021) when performing this
task.
28. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 14, Item 2) from connection point C1 (Figure 14, Item 1).

0010-10
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

Figure 14. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


29. Install cap (Figure 14, Item 4) on connection point C1 (Figure 14, Item 1).
30. Disconnect 2" coupling cam (Figure 15, Item 8), 3" coupling cam (Figure 15, Item 6), and reducer (Figure 15,
Item 7) from tote connection point (Figure 15, Item 9).

0010-11
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

6, 7 8, 9

Figure 15. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.

CAUTION
Ensure hose and coupling adapters are cleaned of soil stabilization additive immediately after
use. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
31. Install two caps (Figure 16, Items 11 and 3) on suction hose (Figure 16, Item 2).

2 2

11 3

Figure 16. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.


32. Stow hose (WP 0078).
33. Stow 2" coupling cam (Figure 17, Item 8), 3" coupling cam (Figure 17, Item 6), and reducer (Figure 17, Item
7) in stowage box (Figure 17, Item 5).

0010-12
TM 5-3825-270-10 0010

PREPARATION FOR DUST CONTROL AGENT USE - Continued

6 7 8

Figure 17. Preparation For Dust Control Agent Use.

CAUTION
Use caution during spraying applications. Dust control agents when sprayed or splashed on
vehicles, or other personal property is difficult to remove if allowed to dry. Wash contaminated
property immediately before material dries.
34. Perform mission as required.
35. When mission is completed, clean water distributor (WP 0083).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0010-13/14 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0011

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
FILL WATER DISTRIBUTOR FROM OVERHEAD SOURCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

FILL WATER DISTRIBUTOR FROM OVERHEAD SOURCE

NOTE
If overhead water source is not available, load tank at strainer with system pump and 3"
hose (WP 0020), load tank at strainer with external pump (WP 0021), or load tank at with
external 2.5" and 5" hoses (WP 0022).
Ensure that all valves are in closed position.
1. Position vehicle as close to water source as possible.
2. Unstow folding handrail (WP 0077).

WARNING
Manhole cover does not lock open. Injury may occur if manhole cover accidentally closes on
personnel.
3. Open manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 1) by turning t-handle latch (Figure 1, Item 2) counter clockwise.

1 2

Figure 1. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source.


4. Insert water delivery source into manhole (Figure 2, Item 3).

0011-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0011

FILL WATER DISTRIBUTOR FROM OVERHEAD SOURCE - Continued

3 4

Figure 2. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source.


5. Fill water distributor (Figure 2, Item 4).
6. When water distributor (Figure 2, Item 4) is filled remove water delivery source.
7. Close manhole cover (Figure 3, Item 1) and secure by turning T-handle latch (Figure 3, Item 2) clockwise until
tight.

1 2

Figure 3. Fill Water Distributor From Overhead Source.


8. Stow folding handrail (WP 0077).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0011-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
UNIVERSAL POWER INTERFACE KIT (UPIK) CONNECT/DISCONNECT

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

CONNECT UPIK TO PRIME MOVER FROM PRIME MOVER

1. Load water distributor on prime mover. (TM 9-2320-364-10)


2. Remove harness connector cap (Figure 1, Item 3) from UPIK connection point (Figure 1, Item 4).

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

Figure 1. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover.


3. Remove cover (Figure 1, Item 1) from air fitting (Figure 1, Item 2).
4. Remove cover (Figure 1, Item 8) from air line (Figure 1, Item 7).
5. Remove connector cap (Figure 1, Item 6) from UPIK harness connector (Figure 1, Item 5).
6. Connect air line (Figure 2, Item 7) to air fitting (Figure 2, Item 2).

0012-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

CONNECT UPIK TO PRIME MOVER FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

7 2 4, 5

Figure 2. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover.

CAUTION
UPIK harness is match marked for ease of connection. Ensure that UPIK harness is aligned
during connection. Failure to comply may cause damage to pins in harness.
7. Connect UPIK harness connector (Figure 2, Item 5) to UPIK connection point (Figure 2, Item 4).
8. Route UPIK harness (Figure 3, Item 9) through wire trough (Figure 3, Item 10).

9 10

Figure 3. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover.


9. Route UPIK harness (Figure 4, Item 9) through front shackle (Figure 4, Item 11).

0012-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

CONNECT UPIK TO PRIME MOVER FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

9 11

Figure 4. Connect UPIK to Prime Mover.

END OF TASK

DISCONNECT UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER

1. Disconnect UPIK harness connector (Figure 5, Item 5) from UPIK connection point (Figure 5, Item 4).

7 2 4, 5

Figure 5. Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover.


2. Disconnect air line (Figure 5, Item 7) from air fitting (Figure 5, Item 2).
3. Install connector cap (Figure 6, Item 6) on UPIK harness connector (Figure 6, Item 5).

0012-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

DISCONNECT UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

Figure 6. Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover.


4. Install cover (Figure 6, Item 8) on air line (Figure 6, Item 7).
5. Install cover (Figure 6, Item 1) on air fitting (Figure 6, Item 2).
6. Install harness connector cap (Figure 6, Item 3) on UPIK connection point (Figure 6, Item 4).

END OF TASK

CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER

1. Load water distributor on trailer. (TM 9-2320-364-10)

CAUTION
Red markings on UPIK harness is used as indicators for routing. Failure to properly route
UPIK harness may result in damage to harness during operation.
2. Route UPIK harness (Figure 7, Item 3) through two hooks (Figure 7, Item 1) over fuel tank (Figure 7, Item 2).

0012-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER - Continued

2 3 1

Figure 7. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.


3. Route UPIK harness (Figure 8, Item 3) through cable retainer (Figure 8, Item 4).

3 4

Figure 8. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.


4. Route UPIK harness (Figure 9, Item 3) through rear shackle (Figure 9, Item 5).

0012-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER - Continued

3 5

Figure 9. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.


5. Route UPIK harness (Figure 10, Item 3) through wire trough (Figure 10, Item 6).

3 6

Figure 10. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.


6. Route UPIK harness (Figure 11, Item 3) through front shackle (Figure 11, Item 7).

0012-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER - Continued

3 7

Figure 11. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.


7. Remove harness connector cap (Figure 12, Item 10) from UPIK connection point (Figure 12, Item 11).

8 9 10 11

15 14 13 12

Figure 12. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.


8. Remove cover (Figure 12, Item 8) from air fitting (Figure 12, Item 9).
9. Remove cover (Figure 12, Item 15) from air line (Figure 12, Item 14).
10. Remove connector cap (Figure 12, Item 13) from UPIK harness connector (Figure 12, Item 12).
11. Connect air line (Figure 13, Item 14) to air fitting (Figure 13, Item 9).

0012-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

CONNECT TRAILER UPIK TO PRIME MOVER - Continued

14 9 11, 12

Figure 13. Connect Trailer UPIK to Prime Mover.

CAUTION
UPIK harness is match marked for ease of connection. Ensure that UPIK harness is aligned
during connection. Failure to comply may cause damage to pins in harness.
12. Connect UPIK harness connector (Figure 13, Item 12) to UPIK connection point (Figure 13, Item 11).

END OF TASK

DISCONNECT TRAILER UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER

1. Disconnect UPIK harness connector (Figure 14, Item 12) from UPIK connection point (Figure 14 , Item 11).

14 9 11, 12

Figure 14. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover.


2. Disconnect air line (Figure 14, Item 14) from air fitting (Figure 14, Item 9).
3. Install connector cap (Figure 15, Item 13) on UPIK harness connector (Figure 15, Item 12).

0012-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

DISCONNECT TRAILER UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

8 9 10 11

15 14 13 12

Figure 15. Disconnect UPIK from Prime Mover.


4. Install cover (Figure 15, Item 15) on air line (Figure 15, Item 14).
5. Install cover (Figure 15, Item 8) on air fitting (Figure 15, Item 9).
6. Install harness connector cap (Figure 15, Item 10) on UPIK connection point (Figure 15, Item 11).
7. Route UPIK harness (Figure 16, Item 3) through front shackle (Figure 16, Item 7).

3 7

Figure 16. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover.


8. Remove UPIK harness (Figure 17, Item 3) from wire trough (Figure 17, Item 6).

0012-9
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

DISCONNECT TRAILER UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

3 6

Figure 17. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover.


9. Route UPIK harness (Figure 18, Item 3) through rear shackle (Figure 18, Item 5).

3 5

Figure 18. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover.


10. Remove UPIK harness (Figure 19, Item 3) from cable retainer (Figure 19, Item 4).

0012-10
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

DISCONNECT TRAILER UPIK FROM PRIME MOVER - Continued

3 4

Figure 19. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover.


11. Remove UPIK harness (Figure 20, Item 3) from two hooks (Figure 20, Item 1) over fuel tank (Figure 20, Item
2).

2 3 1

Figure 20. Disconnect Trailer UPIK from Prime Mover.


12. Unload water distributor from trailer. (TM 9-2320-364-10)

END OF TASK

CONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX TO CAB OF PRIME MOVER

1. Remove cab control box (Figure 21, Item 1) from stowage box (Figure 21, Item 2).

0012-11
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

CONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX TO CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

Figure 21. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.


2. Remove harness connector cap (Figure 22, Item 3) from connection point (Figure 22, Item 4).

0012-12
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

CONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX TO CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

3, 4

Figure 22. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.


3. Remove cab control box harness cap (Figure 23, Item 5) from wire harness (Figure 23, Item 6).

5 6

Figure 23. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.

CAUTION
Cab control box harness is match marked for ease of connection. Ensure that cab control
box harness is aligned during connection. Failure to comply may cause damage to pins in
harness.
4. Connect wire harness (Figure 24, Item 4) to connection point (Figure 24, Item 6).

0012-13
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

CONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX TO CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

4, 6

Figure 24. Connect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.

END OF TASK

DISCONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER

1. Disconnect cab control wire harness (Figure 25, Item 6) from connection point (Figure 25, Item 4).

4, 6

Figure 25. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.


2. Install cab control box harness cap (Figure 26, Item 5) on wire harness (Figure 26, Item 6).

0012-14
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

DISCONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

5 6

Figure 26. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.


3. Install harness connector cap (Figure 27, Item 3) on connection point (Figure 27, Item 4).

3, 4

Figure 27. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.


4. Replace cab control box (Figure 28, Item 1) in stowage box (Figure 28, Item 2).

0012-15
TM 5-3825-270-10 0012

DISCONNECT CAB CONTROL BOX FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

Figure 28. Disconnect Cab Control Box to Cab of Prime Mover.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0012-16
TM 5-3825-270-10 0013

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
DISCHARGE FROM GRAVITY SPRINKLER BAR

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

DISCHARGE FROM GRAVITY SPRINKLER BAR

1. Mount water distributor on PLS truck or trailer. (TM 9-2320-364-10)


2. Fill water distributor (WP 0011).

NOTE
The Gravity Sprinkler Bar is not recommended for use with soil stabilization additives.
Valve can be opened to desired position to regulate the amount of flow to be discharged
from gravity sprinkler bar.
3. Open valve V8 (Figure 1, Item 1) to desired position.
1

Figure 1. Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar.


4. Continue with mission.
5. Once mission is complete close valve V8 (Figure 1, Item1).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0013-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0014

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT

NOTE
Sprinkler heads are capable of being adjusted up, down, right, left, clockwise, or
counterclockwise.
Both sprinkler heads are adjusted the same way. Left side sprinkler is shown.
Water Distributor is capable of spraying at different widths. Figures 2 through 5 show
sprinkler head adjustments for approximately 2 ft, 20 ft, 40 ft and 80 ft spray widths.
1. To adjust sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) up, or down, loosen two set screws (Figure 1, Item 7) and collar
(Figure 1, Item 6).

3
1 2

4
5
6 7

Figure 1. Sprinkler Head Adjustment.


2. Once sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) is in desired position, secure by tightening collar (Figure 1, Item 6) and
two set screws (Figure 1, Item 7).
3. To adjust sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) right, or left, loosen two set screws (Figure 1, Item 4) and collar
(Figure 1, Item 5).
4. Once sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) is in desired position, secure by tightening collar (Figure 1, Item 5) and
two set screws (Figure 1, Item 4).
5. To adjust sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) clockwise, or counterclockwise, loosen two set screws (Figure 1,
Item 2) and collar (Figure 1, Item 3).

0014-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0014

SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT - Continued

6. Once sprinkler head (Figure 1, Item 1) is in desired position, secure by tightening collar (Figure 1, Item 3) and
two set screws (Figure 1, Item 2).

Figure 2. 2 Ft. Width.

Figure 3. 20 Ft. Width.

0014-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0014

SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT - Continued

Figure 4. 40 Ft. Width.

0014-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0014

SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT - Continued

Figure 5. 80 Ft. Width.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0014-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
For normal operating pressures, refer to WP0002, Table 1.
1. Fill water distributor (WP 0011).
2. Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019).

NOTE
Water distributor is equipped with two nozzles.
3. Unstow shapertip nozzle (Figure 1, Item 2) or fog nozzle (Figure 1, Item 3) from stowage box (Figure 1, Item
1).

Figure 1. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


4. Remove red cap (Figure 2, Item 5) from water turret (Figure 2, Item 4).

0015-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

4 5

Figure 2. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

NOTE
Both nozzles are installed the same way. Shapertip nozzle is shown.
5. Install shapertip nozzle (Figure 3, Item 2) or fog nozzle (Figure 3, Item 3) on water turret (Figure 3, Item 4).

4 2

Figure 3. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


6. Open valve V1 (Figure 4, Item 6).

0015-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

Figure 4. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


7. Open control panel cover (Figure 5, Item 7) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 5, Item 8).

7 8

Figure 5. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


8. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 6, Item 10).

0015-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

10

Figure 6. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment.
Do not let engine pump run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
9. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 6, Item 9) until engine is started.
10. Unlock water turret (Figure 7, Item 4) from stowed position by turning lock knob (Figure 7, Item 11) and lock
handle (Figure 7, Item 12) counterclockwise.

0015-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

11 4 12

Figure 7. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of water distributor during spraying operations. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
11. Slowly open valve V6 (Figure 8, Item 13).

13

Figure 8. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


12. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 9, Item 14) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 6, Item 16).

0015-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

14

15

16

Figure 9. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is more than 1500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
13. When engine rpm (Figure 9, Item 14) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 9, Item 15) to set rpm.
14. Perform discharge procedure.

NOTE
Perform Step (15) if fog nozzle is being used to adjust spray pattern.
15. Rotate fog nozzle (Figure 10, Item 3) clockwise, or counterclockwise to adjust spray pattern.

Figure 10. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

0015-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment.
16. When discharge procedure is complete, press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 11, Item 17) to the IDLE position
to return engine rpm (Figure 11, Item 14) to idle speed.

14

17

Figure 11. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


17. Close valve V6 (Figure 12, Item 13).

13

Figure 12. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


18. Press engine START/STOP switch (Figure 13, Item 9) to stop position to shut down engine.

0015-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

10

Figure 13. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


19. Press emergency stop button (Figure 13, Item 10) in.
20. Return water turret (Figure 14, Item 4) to stowed position and secure by turning lock handle (Figure 14, Item
12) and lock knob (Figure 14, Item 11) clockwise.

11 4 12

Figure 14. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


21. Close control panel cover (Figure 15, Item 7) and secure using rubber t-handle (Figure 15, Item 8).

0015-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

7 8

Figure 15. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


22. Remove shapertip nozzle (Figure 16, Item 2) or fog nozzle (Figure 16, Item 3) from water turret (Figure 16,
Item 4).

4 2

Figure 16. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


23. Install red cap (Figure 17, Item 5) on water turret (Figure 17, Item 4).

0015-9
TM 5-3825-270-10 0015

DISCHARGE FROM WATER TURRET ASSEMBLY - Continued

4 5

Figure 17. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.


24. Stow shapertip nozzle (Figure 18, Item 2) or fog nozzle (Figure 18, Item 3) in stowage box (Figure 18, Item 1).

Figure 18. Discharge From Water Turret Assembly.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0015-10
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

FIELD MAINTENANCE
DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM

1. Mount water distributor on PLS truck or trailer. (TM 9-2320-364-10)

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
For normal operating pressures, refer to WP0002, Table 1.
2. Fill water distributor (WP 0011).
3. Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019).
4. Connect universal power interface kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).
5. Open valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

Figure 1. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform.


6. Open control panel cover (Figure 2, Item 2) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 2, Item 3).

0016-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM - Continued

2 3

Figure 2. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform.


7. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 3, Item 6).

4 5

8 7

Figure 3. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment.

0016-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM - Continued

Do not allow engine pump run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through
pump. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
8. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 3, Item 4) until engine is started.
9. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 3, Item 5) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 3, Item 8).

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is more than 1,500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment.
10. When engine rpm (Figure 3, Item 5) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 3, Item 7) to set rpm.
11. Place RH sprinkler switch (Figure 4, Item 10) to the ON position.

9 10

Figure 4. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform.


12. Place LH sprinkler switch (Figure 4, Item 9) to the ON position.
13. Continue with mission as required.
14. When mission is complete, place RH sprinkler switch (Figure 4, Item 10) to the OFF position.
15. Place LH sprinkler switch (Figure 4, Item 9) to the OFF position.

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment.
16. Press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 5, Item 11) to the IDLE position to return engine rpm (Figure 5, Item 5)
to idle speed.

0016-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM - Continued

4 5

11

Figure 5. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform.


17. Press engine START/STOP switch (Figure 5, Item 4) to stop position to shut down engine.
18. Press emergency stop button (Figure 5, Item 6) in.
19. Close control panel cover (Figure 6, Item 2) and secure using rubber t-handle (Figure 6, Item 3).

2 3

Figure 6. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform.


20. Close valve V1 (Figure 7, Item 1).

0016-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

DISCHARGE FROM SPRINKLER NOZZLES FROM PLATFORM - Continued

Figure 7. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Platform.


21. Disconnect universal power interface kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).

END OF TASK

OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER

CAUTION
Disconnect UPIK harness as soon as mission is complete. Failure to comply may result
in damage to UPIK harness.
UPIK harness is to be connected only during operation of water distributor while on trailer
or vehicle. Driving over adverse conditions may result in damage to UPIK harness.
Do not operate prime mover in reverse with UPIK harness connected to trailer. Failure
to comply may result in damage to UPIK harness.
Do not allow engine pump run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through
pump. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.

NOTE
Before operating water distributor from cab of prime mover ensure that all necessary
switches on platform control panel are set to the "CAB CONTROL" position.
Ensure that emergency stop button is pulled out.
Ensure that there is enough product in water distributor to complete mission.
1. Fill water distributor (WP 0011).
2. Ensure UPIK and cab control box are properly connected (WP 0012).
3. Open valve V1 (Figure 8, Item 1).

0016-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

Figure 8. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover.


4. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine START/STOP switch (Figure 9, Item 2) until engine is
started.

2 3

5 4

Figure 9. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover.


5. Adjust pump engine rpm (Figure 9, Item 3) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 9, Item 5).
6. When pump engine rpm (Figure 9, Item 3) is to desired setting press the set switch (Figure 9, Item 4) in to set
rpm.
7. Refer to application charts (Figures 10, 11, and 12) for water distributor and prime mover settings as required
by mission.

0016-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

Transfer Case WD3000 APPLICATION RATE CHART


Low
Gallons Per Square Foot
First Gear 800 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 1.2 mph
668 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 1.2 mph
Pump Spray Width, Feet
Speed 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
One 1500 0.880 0.176 0.088 0.059 0.044
Nozzle 1800 1.078 0.216 0.108 0.072 0.054
Two 1500 0.315 0.157 0.105 0.079 0.063 0.052 0.045 0.039
Nozzle 1800 0.401 0.201 0.134 0.100 0.080 0.067 0.057 0.050

First Gear 1200 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 2.0 mph
1134 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 2.0 mph
Pump Spray Width, Feet
Speed 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
One 1500 0.519 0.104 0.052 0.035 0.026
Nozzle 1800 0.636 0.127 0.064 0.042 0.032
Two 1500 0.197 0.099 0.066 0.049 0.039 0.033 0.028 0.025
Nozzle 1800 0.237 0.118 0.079 0.059 0.047 0.039 0.034 0.030

First Gear 1500 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 2.5 mph
1370 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 2.5 mph
Pump Spray Width, Feet
Speed 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
One 1500 0.421 0.084 0.042 0.028 0.021
Nozzle 1800 0.515 0.103 0.052 0.034 0.026
Two 1500 0.160 0.080 0.053 0.040 0.032 0.027 0.023 0.020

5252303
Nozzle 1800 0.192 0.096 0.064 0.048 0.038 0.032 0.027 0.024

Figure 10. Application Chart. (Front).

0016-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

8.
Transfer Case WD3000 APPLICATION RATE CHART
High Gallons Per Square Foot
First Gear 800 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 2.9 mph
669 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 2.9 mph
Pump Spray Width, Feet
Speed 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
One 1500 0.368 0.074 0.037 0.025 0.018
Nozzle 1800 0.451 0.090 0.045 0.030 0.023
Two 1500 0.132 0.066 0.044 0.033 0.026 0.022 0.019 0.016
Nozzle 1800 0.168 0.084 0.056 0.042 0.034 0.028 0.024 0.021

First Gear 1200 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 4.8 mph
1042 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 4.8 mph
Pump Spray Width, Feet
Speed 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
One 1500 0.221 0.044 0.022 0.015 0.011
Nozzle 1800 0.271 0.054 0.027 0.018 0.014
Two 1500 0.084 0.042 0.028 0.021 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.010
Nozzle 1800 0.101 0.050 0.034 0.025 0.020 0.017 0.014 0.013

First Gear 1500 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075A1) 6.5 mph
1350 RPM Truck Engine Speed (M1075) 6.5 mph
Pump Spray Width, Feet
Speed 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
One 1500 0.164 0.033 0.016 0.011 0.008
Nozzle 1800 0.200 0.040 0.020 0.013 0.010
Two 1500 0.062 0.031 0.021 0.016 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008

5252303
Nozzle 1800 0.075 0.037 0.025 0.019 0.015 0.012 0.011 0.009

Figure 11. Application Chart. (Rear).

0016-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

Figure 12. Typical Sprinkler Nozzle Water Delivery

NOTE
To prevent from product waste or making puddles, ensure that prime mover is moving prior
to turning on left or right sprinklers.
9. Operate left sprinklers (Figure 13, Item 8) by pressing up on LH sprinkler switch (Figure 13, Item 6).

8 9
6 7

Figure 13. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover.
10. Operate right sprinklers (Figure 13, Item 9) by pressing up on RH sprinkler switch (Figure 13, Item 7).
11. Continue with mission.

0016-9
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

NOTE
To prevent product waste or making puddles, ensure that prime mover is moving prior to
turning off left or right sprinklers.
12. When mission is complete, shut off left sprinkler (Figure 13, Item 8) by pressing LH sprinkler switch (Figure
13, Item 6) to the OFF position.
13. Shut OFF right sprinkler (Figure 13, Item 9) by pressing RH sprinkler switch (Figure 13, Item 7) to the OFF
position.

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment.
14. Press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 14, Item 10) to the IDLE position to return pump engine rpm (Figure 14,
Item 3) to idle speed.

2 3

10

Figure 14. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover.
15. Shut water distributor engine OFF by pressing down on START/STOP switch (Figure 14, Item 2).
16. Close valve V1 (Figure 15, Item 1).

Figure 15. Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles From Cab of Prime Mover.
17. Disconnect and stow cab control box (WP 0012).

0016-10
TM 5-3825-270-10 0016

OPERATE SPRINKLERS FROM CAB OF PRIME MOVER - Continued

18. Disconnect universal power interface kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0016-11/12 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0017

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
For normal operating pressures, refer to WP0002, Table 1.
1. Fill water distributor (WP 0011).
2. Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019).
3. Unstow hose from hose reel (WP 0078).
4. Open valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

Figure 1. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.


5. Open control panel cover (Figure 2, Item 2) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 2, Item 3).

0017-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0017

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

2 3

Figure 2. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.


6. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 3, Item 6).

4 5 6

8 7

Figure 3. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.

0017-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0017

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment.
Do not let engine run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure
to comply may result in damage to equipment.
7. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 3, Item 4) until engine is started.
8. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 3, Item 5) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 3, Item 8).

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is more than 1500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
9. When engine rpm (Figure 3, Item 5) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 3, Item 7) to set rpm.
10. Open valve V7 (Figure 4, Item 9).

Figure 4. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.

WARNING
Use caution when opening hose nozzle to begin discharge procedure. Water is under high
pressure. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
11. Turn hose nozzle (Figure 5, Item 10) clockwise to desired spray pattern and continue mission.

0017-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0017

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

10

Figure 5. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.


12. Once mission is complete, shut off hose nozzle (Figure 5, Item 10) by turning counter clockwise.
13. Close valve V7 (Figure 6, Item 9).

Figure 6. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment.
14. Press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 7, Item 11) to the IDLE position to return engine rpm (Figure 7, Item 5)
to idle speed.

0017-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0017

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

4 5 6

11

Figure 7. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.


15. Press engine START/STOP switch (Figure 7, Item 4) to stop position to shut down engine.
16. Press emergency stop button (Figure 7, Item 6) in.
17. Close control panel cover (Figure 8, Item 2) and secure using rubber t-handle (Figure 8, Item 3).

0017-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0017

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

2 3

Figure 8. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.


18. Close valve V1 (Figure 9, Item 1).

Figure 9. Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly.

0017-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0017

DISCHARGE FROM HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY - Continued

19. Stow hose (WP 0078).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0017-7/8 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0018

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE

NOTE
Ladder may be needed to perform the following task.
Use caution if circulating soil stabilization additive as excessive tank foaming can occur.
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
1. Open valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

Figure 1. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse.


2. Open valve V5 (Figure 2, Item 2).

0018-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0018

CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE - Continued

Figure 2. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse.


3. Open control panel cover (Figure 3, Item 3) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 3, Item 4).

3 4

Figure 3. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse.


4. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 4, Item 10).

0018-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0018

CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE - Continued

5 6

10

9 8 7

Figure 4. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment.
Do not let engine run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure
to comply may result in damage to equipment.
5. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 4, Item 5) until engine is started.
6. Adjust engine rpm (Figure 4, Item 6) by pressing up or down on the rpm switch (Figure 4, Item 8).

CAUTION
Ensure that engine speed is more than 1500 rpm. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
7. When engine rpm (Figure 4, Item 6) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 4, Item 7) to set rpm .

CAUTION
Engine speed must be at idle speed before engine is shut down. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment.
8. When circulation procedure is complete, press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 4, Item 9) to the IDLE position
to return engine rpm (Figure 4, Item 6) to idle speed.
9. Shut water distributor engine off by pressing down on start/stop switch (Figure 4, Item 5).
10. Push in on emergency stop button (Figure 4, Item 10).

0018-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0018

CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE - Continued

11. Close control panel cover (Figure 5, Item 3) and secure with rubber t-handle (Figure 5, Item 4).

3 4

Figure 5. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse.


12. Close valve V5 (Figure 6, Item 2).

Figure 6. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse.


13. Close valve V1 (Figure 7, Item 1).

0018-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0018

CIRCULATE TANK WITH PUMP TO BLEND OR RINSE - Continued

Figure 7. Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0018-5/6 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0019

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP

NOTE
Priming water pump is only necessary when the system will be used to draft water with
floating strainer, has less than 300 gal (1,135 L) of water in tank or has been fully drained
for cold weather.
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in closed position before performing this task.
1. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 1) from connection point C1 (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 1. Prime Fully Drained Pump.


2. Remove cap (Figure 2, Item 3) from connection point C5 (Figure 2, Item 4).

0019-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0019

PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP - Continued

Figure 2. Prime Fully Drained Pump.


3. Prime water pump (Figure 3, Item 5) by pouring five to ten gal (18.9 to 37.8 L) of clean water down prime hose
(Figure 3, Item 6) or until water flows from connection point C1 (Figure 3, Item 2).

0019-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0019

PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP - Continued

5 6

Figure 3. Prime Fully Drained Pump.


4. Install cap (Figure 4, Item 3) on connection point C5 (Figure 4, Item 4).

0019-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0019

PRIME FULLY DRAINED PUMP - Continued

Figure 4. Prime Fully Drained Pump.


5. Install cap (Figure 5, Item 1) on connection point C1 (Figure 5, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 5. Prime Fully Drained Pump.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0019-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND 3" HOSE

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in closed position before performing this task.
1. Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019).
2. Position Water Distributor as close to water source as possible.

NOTE
Water sources with at least 4 ft depth will allow optimum tank loading performance and
fewer problems with air and debris entering floating strainer while loading tank.
Water sources that are not at least 4 ft deep should be avoided because they will require
reduced pumping rates and more attention to achieve a successful loading mission.
3. Unstow hoses (WP 0078).
4. Unstow floating strainer (WP 0079).
5. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 2) from floating strainer (Figure 1, Item 1).

Figure 1. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
6. Remove cap(s) (Figure 2, Item 4) from suction hose(s) (Figure 2, Item 3).

0020-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

3 4

Figure 2. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.

NOTE
Use of a single suction hose will allow faster loading if water depth and close positioning of
water distributor near water source is possible. Use both hoses when strainer must be placed
further out from edge of water source to find deeper water.
7. Connect suction hose(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) to floating strainer (Figure 3, Item 1).

Figure 3. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
8. Remove cap (Figure 4, Item 5) from connection point C1 (Figure 4, Item 6).

0020-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

5 6

Figure 4. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
9. Position suction hose (Figure 5, Item 3) and floating strainer (Figure 5, Item 1) in water source. In shallow water
conditions, pre-fill hoses with water by holding open end down near water to allow air to escape as water enters
from strainer.

WATER SOURCE

3
1

Figure 5. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
10. Route suction hose (Figure 6, Item 3) to water distributor connection point C1 (Figure 6, Item 6) so there is a
continuous increase in hose elevation from the water source and no high spots that present air bubble traps.

0020-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

3 6

Figure 6. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.

NOTE
Air must be able to float continuously up suction hose toward water distributor pump while
loading tank to avoid loss of pumping action when accumulated "slugs" of air pull through.
11. Connect suction hose (Figure 6, Item 3) to connection point C1 (Figure 6, Item 6). Before locking connector
levers, rotate hose if necessary so floating strainer is level in water rather than tipping sideways.
12. Open valve V5 (Figure 7, Item 7).

0020-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

Figure 7. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
13. Open control panel cover (Figure 8, Item 8) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 8, Item 9).

8 9

Figure 8. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
14. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 9, Item 12).

0020-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

10 11 12

14 13

Figure 9. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.

CAUTION
Release engine start/stop switch once engine is started. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment.
Do not let engine run more than 5 minutes without circulating water through pump. Failure
to comply may result in damage to equipment.
15. Start engine by pressing up and holding the engine start/stop switch (Figure 9, Item 10) until engine is started.
16. Increase engine speed (Figure 9, Item 11) to 1800 RPM by pressing up on rpm switch (Figure 9, Item 14).
17. Once engine RPM (Figure 9, Item 11) is to desired setting press set switch (Figure 9, Item 13).
18. As pump starts to draw water in floating strainer, monitor water pump inlet gauge (Figure 10, Item 15) and
outlet pressure gauge (Figure 10, Item 16) and water strainer. Inlet vacuum should increase to at least 15"Hg
and outlet pressure should begin to rise as water is pulled up hose, through pump, and begins to flow in tank.

0020-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

15 16

Figure 10. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.

NOTE
If floating strainer continues to suck air when attempting loading operations, inlet gauge will
not increase vacuum sufficiently and outlet gauge will not show pressure increase. It may be
necessary to pull suction hose and strainer toward the edge of water source enough to hold
down hose and submerge floating strainer until water begins to load all the way to tank. Once
purged of air, floating strainer will float deeper and allow hose to be again pushed in water
further. This is more likely to be required when loading from shallow water.
19. When water begins to load steadily, it may be necessary to reduce flow rate if inlet gauge (Figure 10, Item 15)
shows excessive inlet vacuum (more than -25"Hg). This is accomplished by partially closing valve V5 (Figure
10, Item 7) until inlet gauge reading is less than -25"Hg and outlet gauge (Figure 10, Item 16) reading shows
increased pressure (up to 50 psi) which makes the pump deliver water to tank slower.

NOTE
Inlet gauge will continue to show excessive inlet vacuum even at slow water pumping rates
when debris must be removed from floating strainer or system strainer at connection point
C1.
20. If strainer shows a large whirlpool in water where air is being pulled down, it may be necessary to reduce flow
rate even further by the same method. Reduce flow using valve V5 (Figure 10, Item 7) until the whirlpool at
the strainer is eliminated, very small (pencil size), or only appears for short intervals.

0020-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

CAUTION
Continuous pump operation with large amounts of air entrainment or excessive inlet vacuum
can lead to pump damage.
21. When loading procedure is complete, press RESUME/IDLE switch (Figure 11, Item 17) to the IDLE position
to return engine rpm (Figure 11, Item 11) to idle speed.

10 11 12

17 14 13

Figure 11. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
22. Shut water distributor engine off by pressing down on start/stop switch (Figure 11, Item 10).
23. Close valve V5 (Figure 12, Item 7).

0020-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

Figure 12. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
24. Push in on emergency stop button (Figure 13, Item 12).

10 11 12

17 14 13

Figure 13. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
25. Close control panel cover (Figure 14, Item 8) and secure with rubber t-handle (Figure 14, Item 9).

0020-9
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

8 9

Figure 14. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
26. Remove suction hose (Figure 15, Item 3) and floating strainer (Figure 15, Item 1) from water source.

WATER SOURCE

3
1

Figure 15. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
27. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 16, Item 3) from connection point C1 (Figure 16, Item 6).

0020-10
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

3 6

Figure 16. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
28. Back flush (WP 0073) to clean any debris that may have accumulated in connection point C1 (Figure 16, Item
6).
29. Install cap (Figure 17, Item 5) on connection point C1 (Figure 17, Item 6).

5 6

Figure 17. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
30. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 18, Item 3) from floating strainer (Figure 18, Item 1).

0020-11
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

Figure 18. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
31. Install cap (Figure 19, Item 2) on floating strainer (Figure 19, Item 1).

Figure 19. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
32. Install cap (Figure 20, Item 4) on suction hose (Figure 20, Item 3).

0020-12
TM 5-3825-270-10 0020

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH SYSTEM PUMP AND FLOATING STRAINER - Continued

3 4

Figure 20. Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And Floating Strainer.
33. Stow floating strainer (WP 0079).
34. Stow hoses (WP 0078).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0020-13/14 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP

CAUTION
Do not exceed 50 psi inlet pressure while filling tank at connection point C1. Failure to
comply may result in damage to equipment.
Do not exceed 600 GPM fill rate from external pressure source. Failure to comply may
result in damage to equipment.

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
1. Unstow hoses (WP 0078).
2. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 3) from connection point C1 (Figure 1, Item 1).

0021-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP - Continued

3 2

Figure 1. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump.


3. Remove caps (Figure 1, Item 2) from suction hoses (Figure 1, Item 4).
4. Connect suction hose (Figure 1, Item 4) to connection point C1 (Figure 1, Item 1).
5. Attach suction hose (Figure 1, Item 4) to suitable pump.
6. Open valve V1 (Figure 2, Item 5).

0021-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP - Continued

Figure 2. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump.


7. Pump water into water distributor.

NOTE
Tank is full when water escapes from tank vent, tank gauge reads 3000 gallons (11,356 L),
or tank full light comes on at control panel.
8. Once water distributor is filled to desired capacity, close valve V1 (Figure 2, Item 5).
9. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 3, Item 4) from connection point C1 (Figure 3, Item 1).

0021-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH EXTERNAL PUMP - Continued

3 2

Figure 3. Load Tank At Strainer With External Pump.


10. Install caps (Figure 3, Item 2) on suction hoses (Figure 3, Item 4).
11. Install cap (Figure 3, Item 3) on connection point C1 (Figure 3, Item 1).
12. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 3, Item 4) from suitable pump.
13. Stow hoses (WP 0078).

END OF TASK

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
1. Unstow hoses (WP 0078).
2. Ensure that water pump is primed (WP 0019).
3. Remove cap (Figure 4, Item 3) from connection point C1 (Figure 4, Item 1).

0021-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

3 2

Figure 4. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


4. Remove cap (Figure 4, Item 2) from suction hose (Figure 4, Item 4).
5. Connect suction hose (Figure 4, Item 4) to connection point C1 (Figure 4, Item 1).
6. Remove cap (Figure 5, Item 5) from suction hose (Figure 5, Item 6).

6 4

Figure 5. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


7. Remove cap (Figure 5, Item 7) from suction hose (Figure 5, Item 4).

0021-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

8. Connect suction hose (Figure 5, Item 4) to suction hose (Figure 5, Item 6).
9. Using fire hydrant wrench, remove cap (Figure 6, Item 8) from fire hydrant (Figure 6, Item 9).

FIRE HYDRANT
8 9
WRENCH

Figure 6. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


10. Using fire hose wrench, connect fire hydrant adapter (Figure 7, Item 10) to fire hydrant (Figure 7, Item 9).

9 FIRE HOSE WRENCH

10

Figure 7. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


11. Remove cap (Figure 8, Item 11) from suction hose (Figure 8, Item 6).

0021-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

6 10

11

Figure 8. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


12. Connect suction hose (Figure 8, Item 6) to fire hydrant adapter (Figure 8, Item 10).
13. Open valve V1 (Figure 9, Item 12).

12

Figure 9. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.

0021-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

CAUTION
Hydrant valve must not be opened beyond pressure capability on water distributor connection
C1. Do not exceed 50 psi. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
14. Using fire hydrant wrench, open valve screw (Figure 10, Item 13) on fire hydrant (Figure 10, Item 9) slowly to
allow water to flow while watching inlet pressure gauge (Figure 10, Item 14) at control panel.

14
9 13

FIRE HYDRANT WRENCH

Figure 10. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


15. Close valve V1 (Figure 11, Item 12).

0021-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

12

Figure 11. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


16. Using fire hydrant wrench, tighten screw (Figure 12, Item 13) on fire hydrant (Figure 12, Item 9) to shut off
water flow.

6 10

9 13

FIRE HYDRANT WRENCH

11

Figure 12. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


17. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 12, Item 6) from fire hydrant adapter (Figure 12, Item 10).

0021-9
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

18. Install cap (Figure 12, Item 11) on suction hose (Figure 12, Item 6).
19. Using fire hose wrench, remove fire hydrant adapter (Figure 13, Item 10) from fire hydrant (Figure 13, Item 9).

9 FIRE HOSE WRENCH

10

Figure 13. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


20. Using fire hydrant wrench, install cap (Figure 14, Item 8) on fire hydrant (Figure 14, Item 9).

FIRE HYDRANT
8 9
WRENCH

Figure 14. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


21. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 15, Item 6) from suction hose (Figure 15, Item 4).

0021-10
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

6 4

Figure 15. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


22. Install cap (Figure 15, Item 7) on suction hose (Figure 15, Item 4).
23. Install cap (Figure 15, Item 5) on suction hose (Figure 15, Item 6).
24. Disconnect suction hose (Figure 16, Item 4) from connection point C1 (Figure 16, Item 1).

3 2

Figure 16. Load Tank At Strainer With Hydrant.


25. Install cap (Figure 16, Item 2) on suction hose (Figure 16, Item 4).

0021-11
TM 5-3825-270-10 0021

LOAD TANK AT STRAINER WITH HYDRANT - Continued

26. Install cap (Figure 16, Item 3) on connection point C1 (Figure 16, Item 1).
27. Stow hoses (WP 0078).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0021-12
TM 5-3825-270-10 0022

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
LOAD TANK WITH EXTERNAL 2.5" AND 5" HOSES

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

LOAD TANK WITH EXTERNAL 2.5" HOSE

NOTE
Ensure all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
Connection point C3 or C4 may be used to load tank. Connection point C4 is shown.
1. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 2) from connection point C4 (Figure 1, Item 3) and attach suitable 2.5" hose.

3 2

Figure 1. Load Tank With External 2.5" Hose.


2. Open valve V4 (Figure 1, Item 1).

0022-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0022

LOAD TANK WITH EXTERNAL 2.5" HOSE - Continued

CAUTION
Do not allow water source to exceed 50 psi (345 kPa). Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment.
3. When loading procedure is complete, close valve V4 (Figure 1, Item 1).
4. Disconnect hose from connection point C4 (Figure 1, Item 3) and install cap (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK

LOAD/UNLOAD TANK WITH 5" HOSE

NOTE
Ensure all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
1. Remove cap (Figure 2, Item 1) from connection point C4 (Figure 2, Item 2) and attach suitable 5" hose.

1, 2 3

Figure 2. Load Tank With 5" Hose.


2. Open valve V2 (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. When loading procedure is complete, close valve V2 (Figure 2, Item 3).

0022-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0022

LOAD/UNLOAD TANK WITH 5" HOSE - Continued

4. Disconnect hose from connection point C2 (Figure 2, Item 2) and install cap (Figure 2, Item 1).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0022-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0023

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP

WARNING
DO NOT stand in the path of the water when draining water from the water distributor. Injury
to personnel could result from the force of the water being discharged from water distributor.

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
1. Remove connection point C1 cover (Figure 1, Item 1) from strainer inlet (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

4 3

Figure 1. Empty Tank Without Pump.


2. Remove connection point C3 cover (Figure 1, Item 3) from LH tank sump (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Remove connection point C2 cover (Figure 2, Item 5) from RH tank sump (Figure 2, Item 6).

0023-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0023

EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP - Continued

5 6 7 8

Figure 2. Empty Tank Without Pump.


4. Remove connection point C4 cover (Figure 2, Item 8) from RH tank sump (Figure 2, Item 7).
5. Open valve V1 (Figure 3, Item 10).

9 10 11 12

Figure 3. Empty Tank Without Pump.


6. Open valve V3 (Figure 3, Item 9).
7. Open valve V2 (Figure 3, Item 11).

0023-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0023

EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP - Continued

8. Open valve V4 (Figure 3, Item 12).


9. When tank has finished draining, close valve V4 (Figure 3, Item 12).
10. Close valve V2 (Figure 3, Item 11).
11. Close valve V3 (Figure 3, Item 9).
12. Close valve V1 (Figure 3, Item 10).
13. Install connection point C4 cover (Figure 4, Item 8) on RH tank sump (Figure 4, Item 7).

5 6 7 8

Figure 4. Empty Tank Without Pump.


14. Install connection point C2 cover (Figure 4, Item 5) on RH tank sump (Figure 4, Item 6).
15. Install connection point C3 cover (Figure 5, Item 3) on LH tank sump (Figure 5, Item 4).

1 2

4 3

Figure 5. Empty Tank Without Pump.

0023-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0023

EMPTY TANK WITHOUT PUMP - Continued

16. Install connection point C1 cover (Figure 5, Item 1) on strainer inlet (Figure 5, Item 2).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0023-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER

NOTE
Ensure that all valves and petcocks are in the closed position prior to performing this task.
1. Load water distributor on PLS truck (WP 0007).
2. Hookup Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).

WARNING
DO NOT stand in the path of the water when draining water from the water distributor. Injury
to personnel could result from the force of the water being discharged from water distributor.
3. Remove connection point C1 cover (Figure 1, Item 1) from strainer inlet (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

4 3

Figure 1. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


4. Remove connection point C3 cover (Figure 1, Item 3) from LH tank sump (Figure 1, Item 4).
5. Remove connection point C2 cover (Figure 2, Item 5) from RH tank sump (Figure 2, Item 6).

0024-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

5 6 7 8

Figure 2. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


6. Remove connection point C4 cover (Figure 2, Item 8) from RH tank sump (Figure 2, Item 7).
7. Remove connection point C5 cover (Figure 3, Item 9) from water pump prime hose (Figure 3, Item 10).

10

Figure 3. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


8. Remove red cap (Figure 4, Item 11) from water turret (Figure 4, Item 12).

0024-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

11

12

Figure 4. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


9. Open control panel cover (Figure 5, Item 13) by releasing rubber t-handle (Figure 5, Item 14).

13 14

Figure 5. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


10. Pull out emergency stop button (Figure 6, Item 15).

0024-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

15

Figure 6. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


11. Turn LH sprinkler switch (Figure 7, Item 16) to the ON position.

16 17

Figure 7. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


12. Turn RH sprinkler switch (Figure 7, Item 17) to the ON position.
13. Open valve V5 (Figure 8, Item 18).

0024-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

18

Figure 8. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


14. Open valve V6 (Figure 9, Item 19).

19

Figure 9. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


15. Open valve V7 (Figure 10, Item 20).

20

Figure 10. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.

0024-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

16. Open valve V1 (Figure 11, Item 22).

21 22

Figure 11. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


17. Open valve V3 (Figure 11, Item 21).
18. Open valve V8 (Figure 12, Item 23).

0024-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

23 24 25

Figure 12. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


19. Open valve V2 (Figure 12, Item 24).
20. Open valve V4 (Figure 12, Item 25).
21. Completely unwind hose reel (WP 0078).
22. Open hose reel nozzle (Figure 13, Item 26).

26

Figure 13. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


23. Open four petcock drains (Figure 14, Items 27, 28, 29 and 30).

0024-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

30 28

27

29

Figure 14. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


24. When tank has finished draining, close four petcock drains (Figure 14, Items 30, 29, 28 and 27).
25. Close hose reel nozzle (Figure 15, Item 26).

26

Figure 15. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


26. Wind up hose reel (WP 0078).
27. Close valve V4 (Figure 16, Item 25).

0024-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

23 24 25

Figure 16. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


28. Close valve V2 (Figure 16, Item 24).
29. Close valve V8 (Figure 16, Item 23).
30. Close valve V3 (Figure 17, Item 21).

0024-9
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

21 22

Figure 17. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


31. Close valve V1 (Figure 17, Item 22).
32. Close valve V7 (Figure 18, Item 20).

20

Figure 18. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


33. Close valve V6 (Figure 19, Item 19).

0024-10
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

19

Figure 19. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


34. Close valve V5 (Figure 20, Item 18).

18

Figure 20. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


35. Turn RH sprinkler switch (Figure 21, Item 17) to the OFF position.

16 17

Figure 21. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


36. Turn LH sprinkler switch (Figure 21, Item 16) to the OFF position.

0024-11
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

37. Push in on emergency stop button (Figure 22, Item 15).

15

Figure 22. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


38. Close control panel cover (Figure 23, Item 13) and secure with rubber t-handle (Figure 23, Item 14).

13 14

Figure 23. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


39. Install red cap (Figure 24, Item 11) on water turret (Figure 24, Item 12).

0024-12
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

11

12

Figure 24. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


40. Install connection point C5 cover (Figure 25, Item 9) on water pump prime hose (Figure 25, Item 10).

10

Figure 25. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


41. Install connection point C4 cover (Figure 26, Item 8) on RH tank sump (Figure 26, Item 7).

0024-13
TM 5-3825-270-10 0024

FULLY DRAIN SYSTEM FOR COLD WEATHER - Continued

5 6 7 8

Figure 26. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


42. Install connection point C2 cover (Figure 26, Item 5) on RH tank sump (Figure 26, Item 6).
43. Install connection point C3 cover (Figure 27, Item 3) on LH tank sump (Figure 27, Item 4).

1 2

4 3

Figure 27. Fully Drain System For Cold Weather.


44. Install connection point C1 cover (Figure 27, Item 1) on strainer inlet (Figure 27, Item 2).
45. Disconnect Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) (WP 0012).
46. Unload water distributor from PLS truck (WP 0007).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0024-14
TM 5-3825-270-10 0025

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATING IN EXTREME HEAT

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

OPERATING IN EXTREME HEAT

WARNING
When mission requires the system or unit operator and crew to remain stationary at an area
or location in outside temperatures above 90F (32C), operator and crew must observe
proper safety precautions to prevent heat stress injury. Refer to FM 21-10,Field Hygiene and
Sanitation, and FM 4.25-11, First Aid for Soldiers, for proper precautions and preventive
measures. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

NOTE
The water distributor is designed to operate in extreme heat. Water tank is vented to control
the release of high temperature buildup within the water tank.
1. Monitor engine temperature gauge (WP 0071) closely. If engine temperature gauge reads over 220F (104C),
shut engine OFF immediately. Engine must be allowed to cool down before restarting.
2. Monitor fluid levels (WP 0071) more frequently.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0025-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0026

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATING IN EXTREME DUST

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

OPERATING IN EXTREME DUST

1. Dusty areas will cause buildup within the engine/pump module housing. Ensure that both engine access panels
are closed at all times.
2. After operation, clean, inspect, and lubricate equipment.
3. Due to the quick buildup of dust, clean, inspect, lubricate equipment, and change the engine oil more frequently
than normal.
4. In dusty conditions, because of excessive buildup, it may be necessary to clean and change the engine air
filters more often than normal. It is also recommended to clean vents from accumulation of foreign material.
5. Although not perceived to be a big threat, dust can be abrasive and scratch glass-like surfaces. It also can
insulate internal components causing a potential for them to overheat. Thus, it is recommended to keep glass-
like surfaces (i.e. control panels) covered as much as possible to prevent scratching, and to clean the water
distributor after operating in dusty environments to remove the dust and prevent unforeseen failures.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0026-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0027

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATING IN COLD ENVIRONMENT +45 DEGREES F TO +33 DEGREES F (+7 DEGREES C TO +1 DEGREES
C)

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

OPERATING IN COLD ENVIRONMENT

WARNING

DO NOT touch extremely cold metal. Bare skin may freeze to cold metal. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Wear gloves when operating or handling metallic equipment that is wet or ice covered.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Exercise caution when working on the catwalk where snow or ice exists. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death to personnel.
1. 33 F (1 C ) and above. Water Distributor operations can proceed as normal when temperatures are within
this range.
2. 33 F (1 C ) and below. Fully drain water distributor (WP 0011) after use when temperatures are within this
range.
3. 31 F (-0.6 C) and below. The water distributor is not meant for use when temperatures are within this range.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0027-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 3

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
TM 5-3825-270-10 0028

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

Troubleshooting Instructions

This work package contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting some operating troubles which
may develop with the water distributor. This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur, nor can it
include all tests, inspections, and corrective actions. Notify maintenance personnel if a malfunction is not listed,
unless a malfunction and cause are obvious or the malfunction can be corrected by a corrective action that is already
listed.
Battery Troubleshooting. When troubleshooting water distributor batteries ensure to safe guard against electric
shock. When using wrench to connect/disconnect battery cables do not allow wrench to contact positive terminal
and other metal.
Procedures. The troubleshooting symptom index lists possible malfunctions that may be experienced during
operation of equipment and components. Each malfunction for an individual component, unit, or system is followed
by a list of tests and corrective actions.
Lubrication. When instructions to lubricate, grease, oil, or add oil appear in the troubleshooting table, refer to the
Field Level Maintenance lubrication chart.
Visual Inspections. When inspecting hoses and lines for damage ensure to also inspect associated fittings for
defects.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0028-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0029

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE

TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting Procedure

CONTROL PANEL TROUBLESHOOTING


1. Battery Voltage Gauge Inoperative .......................................WP 0046
2. Battery Voltage Gauge Reads High Or Low .........................WP 0047
3. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator Inoperative ......................WP 0048
4. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator Stays Illuminated ............WP 0049
5. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Reads Low ...............................WP 0050
6. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Reads High ...............................WP 0051
7. No Power to Main Control Panel ...........................................WP 0045
8. Water Level High Indicator Does Not Illuminate ...................WP 0053
9. Water Level High Indicator Stays Illuminated .......................WP 0055
10. Water Level Low Indicator Does Not Illuminate ....................WP 0054
11. Water Level Low Indicator Stays Illuminated ........................WP 0056
12. Water Pump Inlet Gauge Inoperative ....................................WP 0052

ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Water Distributor Does Not Operate Remotely .....................WP 0044
2. Work Lights Do Not Operate .................................................WP 0043

ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Engine Cranks But Does Not Start ........................................WP 0031
2. Engine Does Not Crank ........................................................WP 0030
3. Engine Overheats .................................................................WP 0036
4. Engine Stalls .........................................................................WP 0032
5. Engine Will Not Increase RPM ..............................................WP 0033
6. Excessive Engine Noise ........................................................WP 0035
7. Excessive Engine Vibration ...................................................WP 0034

EXHAUST TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Abnormal Exhaust .................................................................WP 0037

0029-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0029

TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - Continued

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting Procedure

PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Excessive Pump Noise .........................................................WP 0042
2. Excessive Water Pressure ....................................................WP 0039
3. Water Pump Does Not Operate ............................................WP 0038
4. Water Pressure Erratic ..........................................................WP 0041
5. Water Pressure Low ..............................................................WP 0040

WATER STATION TROUBLESHOOTING


1. Gravity Fed Sprinkler Bar Does Not Operate ........................WP 0059
2. Gravity Fed Sprinkler Bar Stream Low ..................................WP 0060
3. Sprinkler Head Pressure Low ...............................................WP 0062
4. Sprinkler Heads Do Not Operate ..........................................WP 0061
5. Manual Water Turret Does Not Operate ...............................WP 0057
6. Manual Water Turret Pressure Low ......................................WP 0058
7. Water Hose Inoperative ........................................................WP 0063
8. Water Hose Pressure Low ....................................................WP 0064

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0029-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0030

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


Open/Close Battery Box Cover (WP 0081) Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And
Services (PMCS) (WP 0071)
Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017)

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK

STEP 1
Is EMERGENCY STOP switch rotated to on position and ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator
illuminated?

NOTE
Engine will not start and water distributor will not have power if emergency stop switch is
pushed in to the off position.
1. Verify EMERGENCY STOP switch position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.

2. Observe ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator.

0030-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0030

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY


DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is EMERGENCY STOP switch rotated to on position and ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminated?

DECISION
No - Rotate emergency stop switch to on position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine crank?)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?)

STEP 2
Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

NOTE
The 15-amp circuit breaker works in conjunction with the emergency stop switch to control
power to the control panel. If a power surge is detected, the 15-amp circuit breaker will trip
prohibiting the emergency stop switch to supply power to the control panel and engine.
Verify 15-amp circuit breaker position.

15-AMP
CIRCUIT
BREAKER

Figure 3. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

0030-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0030

DECISION
No - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Are batteries properly connected and free of corrosion?)
Yes - Reset 15-amp circuit breaker. Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine crank?) If 15 amp circuit
breaker trips again after reset, do not attempt to reset. Notify maintenance personnel 15-amp circuit breaker is
tripped.

STEP 3
Are batteries properly connected and free of corrosion?
1. Remove battery box cover. (WP 0081)
2. Visually inspect batteries and battery cables to ensure proper connection and corrosion.

BATTERY
CABLES

BATTERIES

Figure 4. Batteries And Battery Cables - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are batteries properly connected and free of corrosion?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel to properly clean battery terminals and/or connect battery cables. Verify
problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine crank?)
Yes - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Does engine crank when slaved?)

STEP 4
Does engine crank when slaved?
If available, attempt to slave start engine with donor vehicle or portable starting aid.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine crank when slaved?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel engine does not crank.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel batteries require servicing.

STEP 5
Does engine crank?
Attempt to start engine. (WP 0017)

0030-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0030

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine crank?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine does not crank.
Yes - Problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0030-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0031

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Fueling (WP 0008)
Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And
Services (PMCS) (WP 0071)

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START

STEP 1
Is ambient air cold or has water distributor not been started for a long period of time?

NOTE
The water distributor is equipped with engine glow plugs to help warm engine fuel for starting.
If ambient temperature is or has recently been approximately 32 F (0 C), multiple attempts
at starting engine may be necessary.
Attempt to start engine by holding engine start switch to ENGINE START position for no longer than 15 seconds
at a time. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is ambient air cold or has water distributor not been started for a long period of time?

DECISION
No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Does water distributor have enough fuel to start engine?)
Yes - Problem solved.

STEP 2
Does water distributor have enough fuel to start engine?
Visually inspect inside fuel tank for presence of fuel.

0031-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0031

FUEL TANK

Figure 1. Fuel Tank - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does water distributor have enough fuel to start engine?

DECISION
No - Fill with fuel. (WP 0008) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine start?)
Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction?)

STEP 3
Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction?
Visually check air filter restriction indicator.

AIR FILTER
RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Figure 2. Air Filter Restriction Indicator - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction?

DECISION
No - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Does engine start when slaved?)
Yes - Check for air restrictions and ensure air filter is clean and serviceable. WP( 0071) After removal of restriction
and/or cleaning of air filter, reset air restriction indicator. Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does engine
start?)

0031-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0031

STEP 4
Does engine start when slaved?
If available, attempt to slave start engine with donor vehicle or portable starting aid.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine start when slaved?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel engine cranks but does not start.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel to service batteries.

STEP 5
Does engine start?
Attempt to start engine. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine start?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine cranks but does not start.
Yes - Problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0031-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0032

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE STALLS

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Fueling (WP 0008)
Services (PMCS) (WP 0071) Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017)

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ENGINE STALLS

STEP 1
Does water distributor have enough fuel to operate engine?
Visually inspect inside fuel tank for presence of fuel.

FUEL TANK

Figure 1. Fuel Tank - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does water distributor have enough fuel to operate engine?

DECISION
No - Fill with fuel. (WP 0008) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does engine operate normally?)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction?)

STEP 2
Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction?
Visually check air filter restriction indicator.

0032-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0032

AIR FILTER
RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Figure 2. Air Filter Restriction Indicator - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does air filter restriction indicator indicate restriction?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine stalls.
Yes - Ensure air filter is serviceable (WP 0071) and check for air restrictions. After removal of restriction and/or
cleaning of air filter, reset air restriction indicator. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does engine operate
normally?)

STEP 3
Does engine operate normally?
Start and operate engine while observing performance. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine operate normally?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine stalls.
Yes - Problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0032-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0033

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE WILL NOT INCREASE RPM

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Locations And Use Of Controls And Indicators Engine ON. (WP 0017)
(WP 0004)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ENGINE WILL NOT INCREASE RPM

STEP 1
Is water distributor operated by using main control panel, or cab control box?
Determine mode of operation.

MAIN CONTROL PANEL

CAB CONTROL BOX

Figure 1. Main Control Panel And Cab Control Box.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water distributor operated by using main control panel, or cab control box?

DECISION
Operated by main control panel - Notify maintenance personnel engine does not increase RPM.
Operated remotely - Go to Water Distributor Does Not Operate Remotely. (WP 0044)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0033-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0034

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
EXCESSIVE ENGINE VIBRATION

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine ON. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
EXCESSIVE ENGINE VIBRATION

STEP 1
Does tachometer read at least 1500 RPM at operating speed?

NOTE
If engine RPM is not within normal operating range, engine may exhibit 'bogged down' or
'over run' symptoms and cause excessive vibration.
Start engine and observe tachometer. (WP 0017)

TACHOMETER

Figure 1. Tachometer - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does tachometer read at least 1500 RPM at operating speed?

DECISION
No - Increase or decrease engine rpm using engine speed RPM switch. (WP 0017) Ensure to operate water
distributor within proper guidelines and tolerances. Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Does engine exhibit
excessive vibration?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits excessive vibration.

STEP 2
Does engine exhibit excessive vibration?
Start and operate engine while observing engine vibration. (WP 0017)

0034-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0034

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine exhibit excessive vibration?

DECISION
No - Problem is solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits excessive vibration.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0034-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0035

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
EXCESSIVE ENGINE NOISE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Services (PMCS) (WP 0071)
Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
EXCESSIVE ENGINE NOISE

STEP 1
Are engine oil and coolant at appropriate levels?
Refer to preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS) to ensure engine is serviced with proper levels
of oil and coolant. (WP 0071)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are engine oil and coolant at appropriate levels?

DECISION
No - Service engine with appropriate engine oil and/or coolant. (WP 0071) Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 -
Does engine exhibit excessive noise?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits excessive noise.

STEP 2
Does engine exhibit excessive noise?
Start and operate engine while listening for excessive engine noise. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine exhibit excessive noise?

DECISION
No - Problem is solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits excessive noise.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0035-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0036

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE OVERHEATS

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Services (PMCS) (WP 0071)
Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ENGINE OVERHEATS

NOTE
Normal engine operating temperature is 170-190F (76-87C).

STEP 1
Are engine oil and engine coolant filled to appropriate levels for engine operation?
Refer to preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS) to ensure engine is serviced with proper levels
of oil and coolant. (WP 0071)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are engine oil and engine coolant filled to appropriate levels for engine operation?

DECISION
No - Service engine with appropriate engine oil and/or coolant. (WP 0071) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 -
Does engine overheat?)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are engine cover grille and radiator fins free of debris and obstruction?)

STEP 2
Are engine cover grille and radiator fins free of debris and obstruction?
Visually inspect engine cover grille and radiator fins for debris and obstructions.

ENGINE
COVER GRILLE

Figure 1. Engine Cover Grille - Step 2.

0036-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0036

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are engine cover grille and radiator fins free of debris and obstruction?

DECISION
No - Remove debris and restrictions from radiator and/or engine cover grille. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3
- Does engine overheat?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine overheats.

STEP 3
Does engine overheat?

NOTE
An overheating condition exist if ENGINE TEMP gauge reaches 220F (104C) or above.
Start and operate engine while observing ENGINE TEMP gauge. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine overheat?

DECISION
No - Problem is solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine overheats.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0036-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0037

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ABNORMAL EXHAUST

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine ON. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ABNORMAL EXHAUST

STEP 1
Does engine exhibit abnormal exhaust under normal operating conditions?

NOTE
Diesel engines may exhibit abnormal exhaust color under normal operating conditions at
engine start up if the following conditions exists:
Ambient temperature is, or has recently been, approximately 32 F (0 C).
Engine has not been started for a long period of time.
Recent maintenance activity on engine components.
1. Contact maintenance personnel and/or request maintenance records to verify if engine has recently had
maintenance.
2. Verify if engine has not been started for a long period of time, or ambient temperature is, or has been,
approximately 32 F (0 C).
3. Start engine and observe exhaust after three to five minutes of run time. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine exhibit abnormal exhaust under normal operating conditions?

DECISION
No - Problem solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine exhibits abnormal exhaust.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0037-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0038

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE

STEP 1
Is water pump properly primed and ready for operation?

CAUTION
Water pump is mechanically connected to engine and must be primed prior to engine start.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
Ensure water pump is properly primed. (WP 0019)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water pump properly primed and ready for operation?

DECISION
No - Ensure proper valve positions and operation procedures are used for desired usage. If problem persists,
notify maintenance personnel water pump does not operate.
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is petcock P1 in closed position?)

STEP 2
Is petcock P1 in closed position?
Verify if petcock P1 in closed position?

PETCOCK P1

Figure 1. Petcock P1 - Step 2.

0038-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0038

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is petcock P1 in closed position?

DECISION
No - Close petcock P1 and prime water pump. (WP 0019) Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Does water pump
operate normally?)
Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is closure cap C1 serviceable and free of damage?)

STEP 3
Is closure cap C1 serviceable and free of damage?
Visually inspect closure cap C1 for damage and/or missing seal.

CLOSURE CAP
C1

Figure 2. Closure Cap C1 - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is closure cap C1 serviceable and free of damage?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water pump does not operate.
Yes - Closure cap C1 is unserviceable. Notify maintenance personnel water pump does not operate.

STEP 4
Does water pump operate normally?
Operate water pump while observing inlet and outlet pressures. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does water pump operate normally?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water pump does not operate.
Yes - Problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0038-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0039

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
EXCESSIVE WATER PRESSURE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) Engine On. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
EXCESSIVE WATER PRESSURE

STEP 1
Is excessive water pressure (more than 20% above normal) present after ensuring proper operation of water
distributor? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

NOTE
Water pressure is directly proportional to engine speed. Any increase or decrease in engine
speed will effect the amount of water pressure at water stations.
Ensure engine speed is appropriate for desired water distributor performance.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is excessive water pressure (more than 20% above normal) present after ensuring proper operation of water
distributor? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

DECISION
No - Problem solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel of excessive water pressure.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0039-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0040

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER PRESSURE LOW

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016)
Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Discharge From Water Turret Assembly
(WP 0015)

Equipment Condition
Engine On. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER PRESSURE LOW

STEP 1
Is water pressure low (more than 20% below normal) after ensuring proper operation of water distributor?
Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

NOTE
Water pressure is directly proportional to engine speed. Any increase or decrease in engine
speed will effect the amount of water pressure at water stations.
1. Start and run engine. (WP 0017)

NOTE
Engine speed should be a minimum of 1500 RPM when operating water stations.
2. Verify all applicable valves for particular water station being used are closed or open completely:
Gravity sprinkler bar (WP 0013)
Water turret assembly (WP 0015)
Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016)
Hose reel assembly (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water pressure low (more than 20% below normal) after ensuring proper operation of water distributor? Refer
to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

DECISION
No - Problem solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel of low water pressure.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0040-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0041

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER PRESSURE ERRATIC

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar (WP 0013) Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016)
Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Discharge From Water Turret Assembly
(WP 0015)

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER PRESSURE ERRATIC

STEP 1
Is engine speed erratic along with water pressure?

NOTE
Water pressure is directly proportional to engine speed. Any increase or decrease in engine
speed will effect the amount of water pressure at water stations.
1. Start and run engine. (WP 0017)

NOTE
Engine speed should be a minimum of 1500 RPM when operating water stations. Engine lag
due to absence of load on engine may result in erratic engine speed and water pressure.
2. Observe tachometer, WATER INLET, and WATER OUTLET gauges to verify if both engine speed and water
pressure are erratic.

TACHOMETER

WATER PUMP
INLET GAUGE

WATER PUMP
OUTLET GAUGE

Figure 1. Engine Speed, Water Inlet/Outlet Gauges - Step 1.

0041-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0041

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is engine speed erratic along with water pressure?

DECISION
No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are all applicable valves open or closed completely?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine speed is erratic or surges.

STEP 2
Are all applicable valves open or closed completely?
Verify all applicable valves for particular water station being used are closed or open completely:
Gravity sprinkler bar (WP 0013)
Water turret assembly (WP 0015)
Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016)
Hose reel assembly (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all applicable valves open or closed completely?

DECISION
No - Close and/or open all applicable valves completely. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Is water pressure
erratic?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water pressure is erratic.

STEP 3
Is water pressure erratic?
Operate water distributor while observing water pressure. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water pressure erratic?

DECISION
No - Problem is solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine overheats.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0041-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0042

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
EXCESSIVE PUMP NOISE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


General Information (WP 0001) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
EXCESSIVE PUMP NOISE

STEP 1
Is water distributor operated within proper operator guidelines?

NOTE
The water pump is mechanically linked to the engine. Engine overspeed or excessive
rpm may cause water pump to operate at high revolutions causing excessive noise.
When water level falls to 300 gallons (1,136 liters) or less, excessive water pump noise
may occur.
1. Start engine. (WP 0017)

CAUTION
Ensure not to operate water pump when water level falls below 300 gallons (1,136 liters).
Water pump cavitation may occur. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment.
2. Refer to operator instructions and control panel spray placard to ensure proper operating procedures are
adhered to.
3. It may be necessary to partially open valve V5 to relieve pressure in water pump housing and allow fluid to
circulate through water tank to lower pump noise.

0042-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0042

VALVE
V5

Figure 1. Valve V5 - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water distributor operated within proper operator guidelines?

DECISION
No - Operate water distributor within proper guidelines and tolerances. (WP 0017) Verify problem is solved.
(Step 2 - Does water pump exhibit excessive noise?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel water pump exhibits excessive noise.

STEP 2
Does water pump exhibit excessive noise?
Operate water distributor while observing water pump noise. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does water pump exhibit excessive noise?

DECISION
No - Problem is solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water pump exhibits excessive noise.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0042-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0043

FIELD MAINTENANCE
WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Operating Lights (WP 0006) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WORK LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE

STEP 1
Are one or both work lights not working?
Operate work lights to determine if one or both are not working. (WP 0006)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are one or both work lights not working?

DECISION
Both work lights out - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position?)
One work light out - Notify maintenance personnel left or right work light is inoperative.

STEP 2
Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position?

NOTE
Water distributor work lights will not illuminate if EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the off
position.
Verify if EMERGENCY STOP switch is rotated out to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position?

0043-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0043

DECISION
No - Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Do work lights
illuminate?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel work lights do not illuminate.

STEP 3
Do work lights illuminate?
Attempt to operate work lights. (WP 0006)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Do work lights illuminate?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel worklights do not illuminate.
Yes - Problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0043-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0044

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER DISTRIBUTOR DOES NOT OPERATE REMOTELY

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


PLS Operator Manual (TM 9-2320-364-10) Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016)
Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) Hookup
(WP 0012)

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0016)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER DISTRIBUTOR DOES NOT OPERATE REMOTELY

STEP 1
Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate at main control panel on rear of water distributor?
1. Ensure EMERGENCY STOP switch is in on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.

2. Verify if ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is illuminated.

0044-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0044

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY


DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate at main control panel on rear of water distributor?

DECISION
No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?)
Yes - Ensure water distributor cab control box and harness are properly connected to prime mover universal
power interface kit (UPIK). (WP 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does water distributor operate
remotely?)

STEP 2
Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

NOTE
The 15-amp circuit breaker works in conjunction with the emergency stop switch to control
power to the control panel. If a power surge is detected, the 15-amp circuit breaker will trip
prohibiting the emergency stop switch to supply power to the control panel and engine.
Verify 15-amp circuit breaker position.

15-AMP
CIRCUIT
BREAKER

Figure 3. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

0044-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0044

DECISION
No - Go to No Power to Control Panel. (WP 0045)
Yes - Reset 15-amp circuit breaker. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does water distributor operate
remotely?) If 15 amp circuit breaker trips again after reset, do not attempt to reset. Notify maintenance personnel
15-amp circuit breaker is tripped.

STEP 3
Does water distributor operate remotely?
Attempt to operate water distributor using cab control box. (WP 0016)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does water distributor operate remotely?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water distributor does not operate remotely.
Yes - Problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0044-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0045

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
NO POWER TO MAIN CONTROL PANEL

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Open/Close Battery Box Cover (WP 0081)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
NO POWER TO MAIN CONTROL PANEL

STEP 1
Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position?
Verify if EMERGENCY STOP switch is rotated out to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position?

DECISION
No - Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to the on position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Does water
distributor have power?)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?)

STEP 2
Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

NOTE
The 15-amp circuit breaker works in conjunction with the emergency stop switch to control
power to the control panel. If a power surge is detected, the 15-amp circuit breaker will trip
prohibiting the emergency stop switch to supply power to the control panel and engine.
Verify 15-amp circuit breaker position.

0045-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0045

15-AMP
CIRCUIT
BREAKER

Figure 2. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

DECISION
No - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Are batteries properly connected?)
Yes - Reset 15-amp circuit breaker. Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Does water distributor have power?) If
15 amp circuit breaker trips again after reset, do not attempt to reset. Notify maintenance personnel 15-amp
circuit breaker is tripped.

STEP 3
Are batteries properly connected?
1. Remove battery cover. (WP 0081)
2. Visually inspect batteries and battery cables to ensure proper connection.

BATTERY
CABLES

BATTERIES

Figure 3. Batteries And Battery Cables - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are batteries properly connected?

0045-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0045

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel battery cables are not properly connected.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel water distributor does not have power.

STEP 4
Does water distributor have power?
1. If opened, close battery cover. (WP 0081)
2. Ensure EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 4. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 4.

3. Verify if ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is illuminated.

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY


DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 5. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 4.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does water distributor have power?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel water distributor does not have power.
Yes - Problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0045-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0046

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE INOPERATIVE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


No Power To Control Panel (WP 0045) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE INOPERATIVE

STEP 1
Is ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminated?
1. Verify if EMERGENCY STOP switch is rotated out to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.

2. Verify if ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminates.

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY


DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.

0046-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0046

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminated?

DECISION
No - Go to No Power To Control Panel. (WP 0045)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel battery voltage gauge inoperative.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0046-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0047

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE READS HIGH OR LOW

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE READS HIGH OR LOW

STEP 1
Is engine off with work lights illuminated?

NOTE
With engine off, normal battery voltage is 24-28 vdc.
Voltage gauge may read low if engine is off and work lights are illuminated.
Ensure not to operate water distributor work lights with engine off for long periods of time.
Verify if engine is off and work lights are illuminated.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is engine off with work lights illuminated?

DECISION
No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Does battery voltage gauge read high or low with engine running?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel batteries require servicing.

STEP 2
Does battery voltage gauge read high or low with engine running?

NOTE
Normal battery voltage is 26-30 vdc with engine running.
1. Start engine. (WP 0017)
2. Observe battery voltage gauge.

0047-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0047

BATTERY
VOLTAGE GAUGE

Figure 1. Battery Voltage Gauge - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does battery voltage gauge read high or low with engine running?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel work lights do not illuminate.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel voltage gauge reads high or low.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0047-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0048

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
MAIN CONTROL PANEL ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
No Power To Control Panel (WP 0045)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
MAIN CONTROL PANEL ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

STEP 1
Does BATTERY VOLTMETER gauge read 24 to 28 VDC with ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator
inoperative?
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.

2. Visually inspect BATTERY VOLTMETER gauge.

BATTERY
VOLTAGE GAUGE

Figure 2. Battery Voltmeter Gauge - Step 1.

0048-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0048

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does BATTERY VOLTMETER gauge read 24 to 28 VDC with ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator
inoperative?

DECISION
No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel main control panel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is
inoperative.

STEP 2
Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

NOTE
The 15-amp circuit breaker works in conjunction with the emergency stop switch to control
power to the control panel. If a power surge is detected, the 15-amp circuit breaker will trip
prohibiting the emergency stop switch to supply power to the control panel and engine.
Verify 15-amp circuit breaker position.

15-AMP
CIRCUIT
BREAKER

Figure 3. 15-Amp Circuit Breaker - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is 15-amp circuit breaker tripped?

DECISION
No - Go to No Power To Control Panel. (WP 0045)
Yes - Reset 15-amp circuit breaker. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN
indictor illuminate?) If 15 amp circuit breaker trips again after reset, do not attempt to reset. Notify maintenance
personnel 15-amp circuit breaker is tripped.

STEP 3
Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indictor illuminate?
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

0048-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0048

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 4. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.

2. Verify if ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is illuminated.

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY


DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 5. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indictor illuminate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator does not illuminate.
Yes - Problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0048-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0049

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED WHEN STARTING

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine Stalls (WP 0032)
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Reads Low Excessive Water Pressure (WP 0039)
(WP 0050)
Engine Overheats (WP 0036)
Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED WHEN STARTING

STEP 1
Does engine start and shut down normally?

NOTE
If an engine fault is detected and engine is commanded to shut down, the engine off/drain
light will remain illuminated until fault is cleared and emergency stop switch is reset.
Verify operation is normal and engine does not shut down due to any of the following engine faults:
(WP 0017)
Air restriction (WP 0032)
Engine overheats (WP 0036)
Water pump outlet pressure exceeds 150 psi (WP 0039)
Engine oil pressure falls to 7 psi or less (WP 0050)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine start and shut down normally?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel engine starts and/or shuts down abnormally.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN light stays illuminated.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0049-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0050

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS LOW

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And
Services (PMCS) (WP 0071)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS LOW

NOTE
Normal engine oil pressure is 28 to 57 psi (193 to 393 kPa).

STEP 1
Is proper engine oil level present for operation?
Check engine oil level. (WP 0071)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is proper engine oil level present for operation?

DECISION
No - Fill engine to proper level with engine oil. (WP 0071) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does engine oil
pressure gauge read low?)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is engine free from oil leaks?)

0050-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0050

STEP 2
Is engine free from oil leaks?
Visually inspect engine for oil leakage. (WP 0071)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is engine free from oil leaks?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel engine leaks oil.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine oil pressure gauge reads low.

STEP 3
Does engine oil pressure gauge read low?
1. Attempt to start engine. (WP 0017)
2. If engine starts and continues to run, monitor engine oil pressure for a minimum of 1 minute.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine oil pressure gauge read low?

DECISION
No - Problem is solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel engine oil pressure gauge reads low.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0050-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0051

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS HIGH

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And Engine OFF.
Services (PMCS) (WP 0071)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE READS HIGH

STEP 1
Is engine oil pressure appropriate for desired engine speed?

NOTE
Normal engine oil pressure is 28 to 57 psi (193 to 393 kPa).
If engine is cold, oil pressure may read slightly higher than normal until engine reaches
normal operating temperature.

NOTE
Engine oil pressure will increase with engine rpm.
Verify if engine oil pressure is within normal range.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is engine oil pressure appropriate for desired engine speed?

DECISION
No - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is engine oil level correct for operation?)
Yes - Problem solved.

0051-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0051

STEP 2
Is engine oil level correct for operation?
Check engine oil level. (WP 0071)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is engine oil level correct for operation?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel engine requires oil to be drained to appropriate level.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel engine oil pressure gauge reads high.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0051-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0052

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER PUMP INLET GAUGE INOPERATIVE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER PUMP INLET GAUGE INOPERATIVE

STEP 1
Is valve V1 open and all other valves in correct position for operation?

NOTE
Valve V1 should be open for most discharge operations. Valve V1 does not need to be open
to discharge from sprinkler bar.
Verify valve V1 position.

VALVE
V1

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V1 open and all other valves in correct position for operation?

DECISION
No - Open valve V1. (WP 0017) Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Does water pump inlet gauge operate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel water pump inlet gauge inoperative.

STEP 2
Does water pump inlet gauge operate?
1. Start engine. (WP 0017)
2. Operate water distributor while observing water pump inlet gauge. (WP 0017)

0052-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0052

WATER PUMP
INLET GAUGE

Figure 2. Water Pump Inlet Gauge - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does water pump inlet gauge operate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel water pump inlet gauge does not operate.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0052-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0053

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Load Tank At Strainer With System Pump And 3"
Hose (WP 0020)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

NOTE
Water level high indicator will illuminate when water distributor tank is filled with 3,000 gallons
(11,355 liters) of water.

STEP 1
Is water distributor tank filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water?
Visually inspect water level indicator on front of water distributor tank.

WATER LEVEL
INDICATOR

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water distributor tank filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water?

DECISION
No - Fill water distributor until water level indicator reads 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters).WP
( 0020) Verify problem
is solved. (Step 2 - Does WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator does not illuminate.

STEP 2
Does WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to ON position.

0053-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0053

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 2. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.

2. Observe WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator.

WATER LEVEL
HIGH INDICATOR

Figure 3. Water Level High indicator - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator does not illuminate.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0053-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0054

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Empty Tank Without Pump (WP 0023)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

NOTE
Water level low indicator will illuminate when water distributor tank level falls below 300
gallons (1,136 liters) of water.

STEP 1
Is water distributor tank filled with less than 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water?
Visually inspect water level indicator on front of water distributor tank.

WATER LEVEL
INDICATOR

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water distributor tank filled with less than 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water?

DECISION
No - Drain water distributor until water level indicator reads 300 gallons (1,136 liters) or less. (WP 0023) Verify
problem is solved. (Step 2 - Does WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator does not illuminate.

STEP 2
Does WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

0054-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0054

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 2. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.

2. Observe WATER LEVEL LOW indicator.

WATER LEVEL
LOW INDICATOR

Figure 3. Water Level Low Indicator - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator does not illuminate.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0054-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0055

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED

NOTE
Water level high indicator will illuminate when water distributor tank is filled with 3,000 gallons
(11,355 liters) of water.

STEP 1
Is water distributor tank filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water?
Visually inspect water level indicator on front of water distributor tank.

WATER LEVEL
INDICATOR

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water distributor tank filled with 3,000 gallons (11,355 liters) of water?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator stays illuminated.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0055-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0056

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR STAYS ILLUMINATED

NOTE
Water level low indicator will illuminate when water distributor tank level falls below 300
gallons (1,136 liters) of water.

STEP 1
Is water distributor tank filled with less than 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water?
Visually inspect water level indicator on front of water distributor tank.

WATER LEVEL
INDICATOR

Figure 1. Water Level Indicator - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water distributor tank filled with less than 300 gallons (1,136 liters) of water?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator stays illuminated.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0056-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0057

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
MANUAL WATER TURRET DOES NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0015)
Water Pump Primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
MANUAL WATER TURRET DOES NOT OPERATE

STEP 1
Is valve V6 in open position?
Observe valve V6 position.

VALVE
V6

Figure 1. Valve V6 - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V6 in open position?

DECISION
No - Rotate valve V6 to open position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does manual water turret operate?)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is valve V1 in open position?)

0057-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0057

STEP 2
Is valve V1 in open position?
Observe valve V1 position.

VALVE
V1

Figure 2. Valve V1 - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V1 in open position?

DECISION
No - Rotate valve V1 to open position. (WP 0015) Verify problem is solved. (Step 3 - Does manual water turret
operate?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel manual water turret does not operate.

STEP 3
Does manual water turret operate?
Attempt to operate manual water turret. (WP 0015)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does manual water turret operate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel manual water turret does not operate.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0057-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0058

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
MANUAL WATER TURRET OUTPUT LOW

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


General Information (WP 0001) Discharge From Water Turret Assembly
Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) (WP 0015)
Circulate Tank With Pump To Blend Or Rinse Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019)
(WP 0018)
Equipment Condition
Engine ON. (WP 0015)
Water pump primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
MANUAL WATER TURRET OUTPUT LOW

STEP 1
Is valve V6 completely open?
Verify valve V6 position.

VALVE
V6

Figure 1. Valve V6 - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V6 completely open?

DECISION
No - Fully open valve V6. (WP 0015) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does manual water turret operate at full
pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal
pressure readings.)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is valve V1 completely open?)

STEP 2

0058-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0058

Is valve V1 completely open?


Verify valve V1 position.

VALVE
V1

Figure 2. Valve V1 - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V1 completely open?

DECISION
No - Fully open valve V1. (WP 0015) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does manual water turret operate at full
pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal
pressure readings.)
Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is valve V5 completely closed?)

STEP 3
Is valve V5 completely closed?
Verify valve V5 position.

0058-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0058

VALVE
V5

Figure 3. Valve V5 - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V5 completely closed?

DECISION
No - Fully close valve V5. (WP 0018) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Does manual water turret operate at
full pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal
pressure readings.)
Yes - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Is water pressure present low after ensuring proper operation of water
distributor?)

STEP 4
Is water pressure present low after ensuring proper operation of water distributor?

NOTE
Water pressure is directly proportional to engine speed. Any increase or decrease in engine
speed will effect the amount of water pressure at water stations.
Ensure engine speed is appropriate for desired water distributor performance. (WP 0015)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water pressure present low after ensuring proper operation of water distributor?

DECISION
No - Problem solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel manual water turret pressure is low.

0058-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0058

STEP 5
Does manual water turret operate at full pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment
Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.
Operate manual water turret while observing water pressure. (WP 0015)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does manual water turret operate at full pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment
Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel manual water turret pressure is low.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0058-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0059

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR DOES NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar (WP 0013) Engine OFF. (WP 0015)
Discharge From Water Turret Assembly
(WP 0015)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR DOES NOT OPERATE

STEP 1
Is valve V8 in open position?
Verify valve V8 position.

VALVE V8

Figure 1. Valve V8 - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V8 in open position?

DECISION
No - Rotate valve V8 to open position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Does gravity fed sprinkler bar
operate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel gravity fed sprinkler bar does not operate.

STEP 2
Does gravity fed sprinkler bar operate?
Attempt to operate gravity fed sprinkler bar. (WP 0013)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does gravity fed sprinkler bar operate?

0059-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0059

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel gravity fed sprinkler bar does not operate.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0059-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0060

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR STREAM LOW

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Gravity Sprinkler Bar (WP 0013) Engine OFF. (WP 0015)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
GRAVITY FED SPRINKLER BAR STREAM LOW

NOTE
Water pressure at particular water stations may be reduced by partially closed valves.

STEP 1
Is valve V8 completely open?
Verify valve V8 position.

VALVE V8

Figure 1. Valve V8 - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V8 completely open?

DECISION
No - Rotate valve V8 to full open position. Verify problem is solved. (Step 2 - Is gravity fed sprinkler bar stream
normal?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel gravity fed sprinkler bar pressure low.

STEP 2
Is gravity fed sprinkler bar stream normal?
Operate gravity fed sprinkler bar. (WP 0013)

0060-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0060

GRAVITY FED
SPRINKLER BAR

Figure 2. Gravity Fed Sprinkler Bar - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is gravity fed sprinkler bar stream normal?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel gravity fed sprinkler bar stream low.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0060-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0061

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
SPRINKLER HEADS DO NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) PLS Prime Mover Operator Manual (TM
Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) 9-2320-364-10)
Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) Hookup
(WP 0012)

Equipment Condition
Engine ON. (WP 0016)
Water pump primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
SPRINKLER HEADS DO NOT OPERATE

NOTE
Operation of left and right sprinkler heads require connection to an air system supply and
adequate pressure.
Prime mover engine must be running to provide adequate air pressure to water distributor
sprinkler heads.
Minimum air pressure to operate sprinkler heads is 90 psi (620 kPa).

STEP 1
Are both sprinkler heads inoperative?
1. Attempt to operate both sprinkler heads. (WP 0016)
2. Verify if both sprinkler heads do not operate.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are both sprinkler heads inoperative?

DECISION
No - If only one sprinkler head is inoperative, notify maintenance personnel applicable sprinkler head is
inoperative.
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is water distributor properly connected to exterior air source?)

STEP 2
Is water distributor properly connected to exterior air source?
Verify if water distributor is connected to exterior air source. (WP 0012)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water distributor properly connected to exterior air source?

DECISION
No - Properly connect water distributor to prime mover.WP
( 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Do sprinkler
heads operate?)
Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Are proper sprinkler head operating procedures being used?)

0061-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0061

STEP 3
Are proper sprinkler head operating procedures being used?
Refer to Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) for proper sprinkler head operation.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are proper sprinkler head operating procedures being used?

DECISION
No - Follow sprinkler head operating procedures. (WP 0016) Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Do sprinkler
heads operate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel sprinkler heads do not operate.

STEP 4
Do sprinkler heads operate?
Attempt to operate sprinkler heads. (WP 0016)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Do sprinkler heads operate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel sprinkler heads do not operate.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0061-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0062

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
SPRINKLER HEAD OUTPUT LOW

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) PLS Prime Mover Operator Manual (TM
Discharge From Sprinkler Nozzles (WP 0016) 9-2320-364-10)
Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) Hookup
(WP 0012)

Equipment Condition
Engine ON. (WP 0016)
Water pump primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
SPRINKLER HEAD OUTPUT LOW

NOTE
Operation of left and right sprinkler heads require connection to an air system supply and
adequate pressure.
When valve V5 is open, water sprinkler nozzles will have less pressure.

STEP 1
Is water distributor properly connected to prime mover?
Verify if water distributor is connected to prime mover.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water distributor properly connected to prime mover?

DECISION
No - Properly connect water distributor to prime mover.WP( 0012) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Do sprinkler
heads have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and
Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is air pressure adequate for operating sprinkler heads?)

STEP 2
Is air pressure adequate for operating sprinkler heads?
Check prime mover air supply pressure. (TM 9-2320-364-10)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is air pressure adequate for operating sprinkler heads?

DECISION
No - Increase prime mover air supply pressure. W( P 0086) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Do sprinkler heads
have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data
(WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.)
Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is valve V1 completely open?)

0062-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0062

STEP 3
Is valve V1 completely open?
Verify valve V1 position.

VALVE
V1

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V1 completely open?

DECISION
No - Fully open valve V1. (WP 0015) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Do sprinkler heads have appropriate
pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal
pressure readings.)
Yes - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Is valve V5 completely closed?)

STEP 4
Is valve V5 completely closed?
Verify valve V5 position.

0062-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0062

VALVE
V5

Figure 2. Valve V5 - Step 4.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V5 completely closed?

DECISION
No - Fully close valve V5. (WP 0018) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Do sprinkler heads have appropriate
pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal
pressure readings.)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel sprinkler heads have low pressure.

STEP 5
Do sprinkler heads have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment
Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.
Operate sprinkler heads. (WP 0016)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Do sprinkler heads have appropriate pressure (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment
Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel sprinkler heads have low pressure.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0062-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0063

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER HOSE DOES NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) Water pump primed. (WP 0019)
Water Pump Does Not Operate (WP 0038)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER HOSE DOES NOT OPERATE

STEP 1
Is valve V1 and valve V7 in open position?
1. Observe valve V1 position.

VALVE
V1

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 1.

2. Observe valve V7 position.

0063-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0063

VALVE V7

Figure 2. Valve V7 - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V1 and valve V7 in open position?

DECISION
No - Start engine and rotate valve V1 and valve V7 to open position. (WP 0017) Verify problem is solved. (Step
4 - Does water hose operate?)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is water hose free of kinks and blockage?)

STEP 2
Is water hose free of kinks and blockage?
1. Completely unravel water hose from hose reel. (WP 0078)
2. Visually inspect water hose for kinks and blockage.

WATER
HOSE

Figure 3. Water Hose - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water hose free of kinks and blockage?

DECISION
No - Remove kink and/or blockage if possible. Verify problem is solved. (Step 4 - Does water hose operate?) If
blockage and/or kink in water hose cannot be removed, or water hose is damaged, notify maintenance personnel
of water hose damage.
Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range?)

0063-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0063

STEP 3
Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range?
1. Start engine and set engine speed to 1500 rpm. (WP 0017)
2. Observe WATER PUMP OUTLET gauge.

WATER PUMP
OUTLET GAUGE

Figure 4. Water Pump Outlet Gauge - Step 3.

NOTE
Normal water pump output pressure is approximately 50 psi (344 kPa) when operating water
hose with engine speed set to 1500 rpm.
3. Note WATER PUMP OUTLET gauge reading.
4. Shutdown engine. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range?

DECISION
No - Go to Water Pump Does Not Operate. (WP 0038)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel hose reel water hose does not operate.

STEP 4
Does water hose operate?
Operate water hose. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does water hose operate?

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water hose does not operate.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0063-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0064

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
WATER HOSE OUTPUT LOW

INITIAL SETUP:

References References (cont.)


Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) Stow/Unstow Hoses (WP 0078)
Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Water Pump Does Not Operate (WP 0038)
Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks And
Service (WP 0071)
Prime Fully Drained Pump (WP 0019) Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)
Water pump primed. (WP 0019)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WATER HOSE OUTPUT LOW

STEP 1
Are valve V1 and valve V7 completely open?
1. Observe valve V1 position.

VALVE
V1

Figure 1. Valve V1 - Step 1.

2. Observe valve V7 position.

0064-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0064

VALVE V7

Figure 2. Valve V7 - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are valve V1 and valve V7 completely open?

DECISION
No - Completely open valve V1 and valve V7. (WP 0017) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Is water hose
pressure normal (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for
normal pressure readings.)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Is valve V5 completely closed?)

STEP 2
Is valve V5 completely closed?
Verify valve V5 position.

0064-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0064

VALVE
V5

Figure 3. Valve V5 - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is valve V5 completely closed?

DECISION
No - Fully close valve V5. (WP 0018) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Is water hose pressure normal (no more
than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.)
Yes - Go to step 3. (Step 3 - Is water hose free of kinks and blockage?)

STEP 3
Is water hose free of kinks and blockage?
1. Completely unravel hose reel. (WP 0078)
2. Visually inspect water hose for kinks and blockage.

0064-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0064

WATER
HOSE

Figure 4. Water Hose - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water hose free of kinks and blockage?

DECISION
No - Remove kink and/or blockage if possible. (WP 0071) Verify problem is solved. (Step 5 - Is water hose
pressure normal (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for
normal pressure readings.) If blockage and/or kink in water hose cannot be removed, or water hose is damaged,
notify maintenance personnel of water hose damage.
Yes - Go to step 4. (Step 4 - Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range (no more than
20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.)

STEP 4
Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer
to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.
1. Start engine and set engine speed to 1500 rpm. (WP 0017)
2. Observe WATER PUMP OUTLET gauge.

WATER PUMP
OUTLET GAUGE

Figure 5. Water Pump Outlet Gauge - Step 4.

NOTE
Normal water pump output pressure is approximately 50 psi (344 kPa) when operating water
hose with engine speed set to 1500 rpm.

0064-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0064

3. Note WATER PUMP OUTLET gauge reading.


4. Shutdown engine. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is WATER PUMP OUTLET pressure within normal operating range (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer
to Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

DECISION
No - Go to Water Pump Does Not Operate. (WP 0038)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water hose pressure is low.

STEP 5
Is water hose pressure normal (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and
Data (WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.
Operate water hose. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Is water hose pressure normal (no more than 20% below normal)? Refer to Equipment Description and Data
(WP 0002) for normal pressure readings.

DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel water hose pressure is low.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0064-5/6 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0065

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
CAB CONTROL BOX ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition (cont.)


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness
Main Control Panel Engine Off/Battery Drain connected to prime mover. (WP 0012)
Indicator Does Not Illuminate (WP 0048) Main control panel switches in appropriate position
PLS Prime Mover Operator Manual (TM to operate water distributor using cab control
9-2320-364-10) box.
Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) Hookup
(WP 0012)

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
CAB CONTROL BOX ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

STEP 1
Does main control panel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate?

NOTE
If ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminates on main control panel, fault can be
isolated to cab control box or universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness.
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.


2. Observe ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator.

0065-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0065

ENGINE OFF / BATTERY


DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 2. Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 1.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does main control panel ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate?

DECISION
No - Go to Main Control Panel Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator Does Not Illuminate. (WP 0048)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime
mover?)

STEP 2
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?
1. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 3. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 2.


2. Check cab control box electrical connector.

0065-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0065

CAB CONTROL ELECTRICAL


BOX CONNECTOR

Figure 4. Cab Control Box - Step 2.

3. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.

UPIK AIR
CONNECTION

UPIK
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION

Figure 5. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?

DECISION
No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem
is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN light is inoperative.

STEP 3
Does cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate?
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

0065-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0065

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 6. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.

2. Observe cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator.

CAB CONTROL
BOX ENGINE OFF/BATTERY
DRAIN INDICATOR

Figure 7. Cab Control Box Engine Off/Battery Drain Indicator - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator illuminate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box ENGINE OFF/BATTERY DRAIN indicator is inoperative.
Yes - Your original problem has been resolved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0065-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0066

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
CAB CONTROL BOX TACHOMETER DOES NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition (cont.)


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness
connected to prime mover. (WP 0012)
Main control panel switches in appropriate position
Equipment Condition to operate water distributor using cab control
Engine OFF. (WP 0017) box.

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
CAB CONTROL BOX TACHOMETER DOES NOT OPERATE

STEP 1
Does main control panel tachometer operate?

NOTE
If tachometer on main control panel operates, fault can be isolated to cab control box or
universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness.
1. Start engine. (WP 0017)
2. Observe main control panel tachometer.

TACHOMETER

Figure 1. Tachometer - Step 1.

3. Shutdown engine. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does main control panel tachometer operate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel main control panel tachometer does not operate.
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime
mover?)

0066-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0066

STEP 2
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?
1. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position. (WP 0017)
2. Check cab control box electrical connector.

CAB CONTROL ELECTRICAL


BOX CONNECTOR

Figure 2. Cab Control Box - Step 2.

3. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.

UPIK AIR
CONNECTION

UPIK
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION

Figure 3. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?

DECISION
No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem
is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box tachometer operate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box tachometer does not operate.

STEP 3
Does cab control box tachometer operate?
1. Ensure water distributor is set up to be operated using cab control box. (WP 0012)
2. Start engine. (WP 0017)
3. Observe cab control box tachometer.

0066-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0066

CAB CONTROL
BOX TACHOMETER

Figure 4. Cab Control Box Tachometer - Step 3.


4. Shutdown engine. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does cab control box tachometer operate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box tachometer does not operate.
Yes - Your original problem has been resolved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0066-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0067

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition (cont.)


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness
Water Level High Indicator Does Not Illuminate connected to prime mover. (WP 0012)
(WP 0053) Main control panel switches in appropriate position
to operate water distributor using cab control
box.
Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

STEP 1
Does main control panel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?

NOTE
If WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator on main control panel illuminates, fault can be isolated to
cab control box or universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness.
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.

2. Observe main control panel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator.

0067-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0067

WATER LEVEL
HIGH INDICATOR

Figure 2. Water Level High indicator - Step 1.

3. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position. (WP 0017)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does main control panel WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?

DECISION
No - Go to main control panel Water Level High Indicator Does Not Illuminate. (WP 0053)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime
mover?)

STEP 2
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?
1. Check cab control box electrical connector.

CAB CONTROL ELECTRICAL


BOX CONNECTOR

Figure 3. Cab Control Box - Step 2.

2. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.

0067-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0067

UPIK AIR
CONNECTION

UPIK
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION

Figure 4. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?

DECISION
No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem
is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR does not illuminate.

STEP 3
Does cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 5. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.

2. Observe cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator.

0067-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0067

CAB CONTROL BOX WATER


LEVEL HIGH INDICATOR

Figure 6. Cab Control Box Water Level High Indicator - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator illuminate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box WATER LEVEL HIGH indicator does not illuminate.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0067-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0068

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition (cont.)


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness
Water Level Low Indicator Does Not Illuminate connected to prime mover. (WP 0012)
(WP 0054) Main control panel switches in appropriate position
to operate water distributor using cab control
box.
Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
CAB CONTROL BOX WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

STEP 1
Does main control panel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?

NOTE
If WATER LEVEL LOW indicator on main control panel illuminates, fault can be isolated to
cab control box or universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness.
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 1. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 1.

2. Observe main control panel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator.

0068-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0068

WATER LEVEL
LOW INDICATOR

Figure 2. Water Level Low Indicator - Step 1.

3. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does main control panel WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?

DECISION
No - Go to main control panel Water Level Low Indicator Does Not Illuminate. (WP 0054)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime
mover?)

STEP 2
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?
1. Check cab control box electrical connector.

CAB CONTROL ELECTRICAL


BOX CONNECTOR

Figure 3. Cab Control Box - Step 2.

2. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.

0068-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0068

UPIK AIR
CONNECTION

UPIK
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION

Figure 4. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?

DECISION
No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem
is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW INDICATOR does not illuminate.

STEP 3
Does cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?
1. Rotate EMERGENCY STOP switch to on position.

EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH

Figure 5. Emergency Stop Switch - Step 3.

2. Observe cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator.

0068-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0068

CAB CONTROL
BOX WATER
LEVEL LOW
INDICATOR

Figure 6. Cab Control Box Water Level Low Indicator - Step 3.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator illuminate?

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box WATER LEVEL LOW indicator does not illuminate.
Yes - Problem solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0068-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0069

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
CAB CONTROL BOX LIGHTS SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition (cont.)


Discharge From Hose Reel Assembly (WP 0017) Universal Power Interface Kit (UPIK) harness
Operating Lights (WP 0006) connected to prime mover. (WP 0012)
Work Lights Do Not Operate (WP 0043) Main control panel switches in appropriate position
to operate water distributor using cab control
box.
Equipment Condition
Engine OFF. (WP 0017)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
CAB CONTROL BOX LIGHTS SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE

STEP 1
Do work lights operate using main control panel LIGHTS switch?

NOTE
If work lights operate using LIGHTS switch on main control panel, fault can be isolated to cab
control box or universal power interface kit (UPIK) harness.
1. Attempt to operate work lights using main control panel. (WP 0006)
2. Observe work lights. (WP 0006)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Do work lights operate using main control panel LIGHTS switch?

DECISION
No - Go to Work Lights Do Not Operate. (WP 0043)
Yes - Go to step 2. (Step 2 - Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime
mover?)

STEP 2
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?
1. Push EMERGENCY STOP switch in to off position. (WP 0006)
2. Check cab control box electrical connector.

0069-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0069

CAB CONTROL ELECTRICAL


BOX CONNECTOR

Figure 1. Cab Control Box - Step 2.

3. Check prime mover UPIK air and electrical connections.

UPIK AIR
CONNECTION

UPIK
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION

Figure 2. UPIK Air And Electrical Connections - Step 2.

CONDITION/INDICATION
Are cab control box and water distributor harnesses connected properly to prime mover?

DECISION
No - Properly connect cab control box and/or harness connections to prime mover. (WP 0012) Verify problem
is solved. (Step 3 - Does cab control box LIGHTS switch operate?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box LIGHTS switch does not operate.

STEP 3
Does cab control box LIGHTS switch operate?
1. Ensure water distributor is set up to be operated using cab control box.
2. Attempt to operate work lights using cab control box. (WP 0017)
3. Observe work lights. (WP 0006)

CONDITION/INDICATION
Does cab control box LIGHTS switch operate?

0069-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0069

DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel cab control box LIGHTS switch does not operate.
Yes - Your original problem has been resolved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0069-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 4

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)


TM 5-3825-270-10 0070

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INTRODUCTION

GENERAL

To ensure that the water distributor is ready for operation at all times, it must be inspected on a regular basis so that
defects may be found and corrected before they result in serious damage, equipment failure, or injury to personnel.
PMCS tasks contains systematic instructions on inspections, lubrications, adjustments, and corrections to be
performed by the operator to keep your equipment in good operating condition and ready for its primary mission.

EXPLANATION OF TABLE ENTRIES

NOTE
The WARNINGs and CAUTIONs appearing in your PMCS table must always be observed.
WARNINGs and CAUTIONs appear before applicable procedures. You must observe these
WARNINGs to prevent serious injury to yourself and others, and CAUTIONs to prevent your
equipment from being damaged.
Item Number (Item No.) Column. Numbers in this column are for reference. When completing DA Form 2404 or
DA Form 5988-E (Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet), include the item number for the check/service
indicating a fault. Item numbers also appear in the order that you must perform checks and services for the interval
listed.
Interval Column.This column tells you when you must perform the procedure in the procedure column.
Before procedures must be done immediately before you operate the equipment.
During procedures must be done while you are operating the equipment.
After procedures must be done immediately after you have operated the equipment.
Weekly procedures must be done once each week.
Monthly procedures must be done once each month.
Semi-Annual procedures must be done every six months.
Location, Item to Check/Service Column. This column provides the location and item to be checked or serviced.
Procedure Column. This column gives the procedure you must perform to know if the equipment is ready or
available for its intended mission or for operation. You must perform the procedure at the time stated in the interval
column.
Not Fully Mission Capable If: Column. Information in this column tells you what faults will keep your equipment
from being capable of performing its primary mission. If you perform check/service procedures that show faults listed
in this column, the equipment is not mission-capable. Follow standard operating procedures for maintaining the
equipment or reporting equipment failure.

GENERAL PMCS PROCEDURES

Always perform PMCS in the same order. With experience, you should be able to identify problems easily. If the
machine does not perform as required, refer to the appropriate troubleshooting task. If anything looks wrong and
you can't fix it, write it on your DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988-E. If you find something seriously wrong,
IMMEDIATELY report it to your supervisor.
Before performing preventive maintenance, read all the checks required for the applicable interval and prepare
everything needed to make all the checks. For example, you'll always need a rag (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 30) or
two.

0070-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0070

GENERAL PMCS PROCEDURES - Continued

Keep It Clean. Dirt, grease, oil, and debris get in the way and may cover up a serious problem. Clean as you work
and as needed. Use solvent cleaning compound (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9) on all metal surfaces. Use
detergent (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 12) and water when you clean rubber, plastic, and painted surfaces.
Hazardous Waste Disposal. Ensure all spills are cleaned up and disposed of in accordance with local policy and
ordinances.
Rust and Corrosion. Check metal parts for rust and corrosion. If any bare metal or corrosion exists, clean and apply
a light coat of lubricating oil (WP 0088, Table 1, Item 26, 27, 28). Report it to your supervisor.
Bolts, Nuts, and Screws. Check bolts, nuts, and screws for obvious looseness and missing, bent, or broken
condition. You can't try them all with a tool, but look for chipped paint, bare metal, or rust around bolt heads. If you
find one you think is loose, tighten it.
Welds. Look for loose or chipped paint, rust, or gaps where parts are welded together. If you find a bad weld, report
it to your supervisor.
Electric Wires and Connectors.Look for cracked or broken insulation, bare wires, and loose or broken connectors.
Tighten loose connectors and ensure that the wires are in good condition.
Hoses and Fluid Lines. Look for wear, damage, and signs of leaks. Ensure that clamps and fittings are tight. Wet
spots indicate leaks, but a stain around a fitting or connector can also mean a leak. If a leak comes from a loose
fitting or connector, tighten it. If something is broken or worn out, report it to your supervisor.
Fluid Leakage. It is necessary for you to know how fluid leakage affects the status of your equipment. The following
are definitions of the types/classes of leakage you need to know to be able to determine the status of your machine.
Learn and be familiar with them, and remember - when in doubt, notify your supervisor.

NOTE
Operation is allowable with Class I and Class II leakage. WHEN IN DOUBT, NOTIFY
YOUR SUPERVISOR.
When operating with Class I or Class II leaks, check fluid levels more frequently. Class
III leaks must be reported immediately to your supervisor. Failure to do this will result in
damage to machine and/or components.
Notify Field Maintenance of any leaks the operator cannot fix.

Table 1. Leakage Definitions for PMCS.

Class I Leakage Indicated by wetness or discoloration, but not great


enough to form drops.

Class II Leakage Great enough to form drops, but not enough to cause
drops to drip from the item being checked/inspected.

Class III Leakage Great enough to form drops that fall from the item being
checked/inspected.

LUBRICATION PROCEDURES

Included in this PMCS are lubrication services to be performed by the operator.


Keep all lubricants in an environmental storage container and store in a clean, dry place away from extreme heat.
Keep container covers clean and do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign material to mix with lubricants. Keep
lubrication equipment clean and ready for use. Clean top of container before opening.

0070-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0070

LUBRICATION PROCEDURES - Continued

Clean area around lubrication points with solvent cleaning compound or equivalent before lubricating equipment.
Keep all external parts of equipment not requiring lubrication free of lubricants. After lubrication, wipe off excess
lubricant to prevent accumulation of foreign matter.
Maintain a record of lubrication performed and report any problems noted during lubrication. Refer to DA PAM 750-8
for forms and procedures to record and report any findings.

NOTE
Only lubricants authorized for use by the operator are listed in this KEY.
Table 2. Key.

LUBRICANT/ EXPECTED
REFILL CAPACITY
COMPONENT TEMPERATURES

OE/HDO 15W40/ 13.96 qt (13.2 L) ALL


Engine Crankcase TEMPERATURES

GAA Grease, As Required ALL


Automotive and TEMPERATURES
Artillery

Every 8 to 15 hours of Operation:


Check Engine Oil Level. When checking the oil level, the engine should be level and must not be running.
Remove any dirt in the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1) area.

Figure 1. Dipstick.
Check oil level at the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1). Fill as necessary up to the top line on the dipstick.
Every 24 Hours of Operation:
Lightly lubricate two water turret lube points with GAA after each 24 hours of accumulated use.

0070-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0070

LUBRICATION PROCEDURES - Continued

LUBE POINT

LUBE POINT

Figure 2. Water Turret Lube Points.


Lightly lubricate all hatch and door hinges, latches, control linkages, and exposed adjusting threads with OE/HDO.
Use GAA on three hose reels points.

LUBE POINT

LUBE POINT

LUBE POINT

Figure 3. Hose Reel Lube Points

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0070-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

1 Before Ladder WARNING

Keep hands and fingers


clear of ladder rungs and
sides when placing ladder in
the stowed position. Failure
to comply may result in in-
jury or death to personnel.

1. Check that ladder is present and Ladder is miss-


secured with tie down strap: ing or has dam-
a. Tie down strap age that will im-
pair operation.

0071-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

LADDER TIE DOWN STRAP

Figure 1. Ladder.

2 Before Petcock Valves 1. Ensure that all petcock valves Any petcock
are closed. valve is missing,
or has damage
that will impair
operation.

0071-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

PETCOCK

PETCOCK
PETCOCK VALVES

Figure 2. Petcock Valves.

3 Before Engine 1. Remove rear engine access Class III or any


cover (WP 0082). Check for fuel leak is evi-
evidence of leakage of the following dent.
fluids on, or under water distributor:
a. Oil
b. Antifreeze
c. Fuel

0071-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

ENGINE

Figure 3. Engine.

4 Before Engine Oil WARNING

Prolonged contact with lubri-


cating oil may cause skin
rash. Immediately wash skin
and clothing thoroughly and
remove saturated clothing
that comes in contact with
lubricating oil. Keep area
well-ventilated to keep
fumes at a minimum. Failure
to comply may result in in-
jury or death to personnel.

0071-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

1. Check that engine oil level is Class III leak is


between High and Low line on evident, engine
dipstick. oil level is not
within specified
range, or dip-
stick is missing
or broken.

DIPSTICK

LOW LINE HIGH LINE

Figure 4. Engine Oil.

5 Before Engine Coolant 1. Check that engine coolant level Class III leak is
is half full in coolant reservoir. evident, coolant
level is low, or
reservoir is bro-
ken.

0071-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

COOLANT RESERVOIR

Figure 5. Engine Coolant.

6 Before Fuel/Water Separator WARNING

DO NOT smoke or
permit any open flame
in area of water
distributor while you are
servicing fuel system.
Be sure hose nozzle is
grounded against filler
tube during refueling to
prevent static electricity.
Failure to comply may
result in injury or death.
DO NOT perform fuel
system checks,

0071-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:
inspections, or
maintenance while
smoking or near fire,
flames, or sparks. Fuel
may ignite, causing
injury, death or damage
to equipment.
Operating personnel
must wear fuel-resistant
gloves when handling
fuels. If exposed to fuel,
promptly wash exposed
skin and change fuel-
soaked clothing. Failure
to comply may result in
injury or death to
personnel. Failure to
comply may result in
injury or death to
personnel.
NOTE
Drain fuel into suitable con-
tainer.

1. Turn drain cock on bottom of


bowl to open contaminant drain
valve. Keep drain open until only
pure fuel is flowing out of drain tube.
Close drain valve by turning drain
cock.

0071-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

BOWL DRAIN COCK

Figure 6. Fuel/Water Separator.

2. Check fuel/water separator for Any fuel leak is


leaks and damage. evident.

7 Before Engine Drive Belt 1. Visually inspect engine drive belt. Belt is missing,
frayed or
cracked.

0071-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
COVER SHOWN
REMOVED FOR CLARITY

DRIVE BELT

Figure 7. Engine Drive Belt.

8 Before Air Filter Restriction 1. Visually check restriction Indicator indi-


indicator for air filter serviceability cates air filter
and the following for obvious signs needs service.
of damage. If indicator indicates air Air cleaner as-
filter needs service, service air sembly has
filter (WP 0085). If indicator damage that will
indicates air filter needs service impair opera-
after cleaning, notify Field tion.
Maintenance.
a. Air cleaner assembly
b. Two latches

0071-9
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

AIR CLEANER
ASSEMBLY

RESTRICTION LATCH
INDICATOR

Figure 8. Air Cleaner.

9 Before Batteries WARNING

BATTERIES
To avoid shock when
disconnecting the batteries,
ensure that the negative
terminal is disconnected first
and the system power is
turned off. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury

0071-10
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:
or death to personnel and/or
damage to equipment.

1. Remove battery box cover Terminals, bat-


(WP 0081). Check the batteries, tery cables, or
electrolyte level, and the following battery hold
hardware for presence, and down has dam-
obvious signs of damage: age that will im-
a. Terminals pair operation.
Cells are low,
b. Terminal covers
empty, or
c. Battery hold down cracked.
d. Rubber t-handles

RUBBER T-HANDLE
BATTERY TERMINAL
TERMINAL
HOLD DOWN COVER

CELLS

BATTERIES

Figure 9. Batteries.

10 Before NATO Slave 1. Check NATO slave and following NATO slave has
hardware for presence and obvious any damage
signs of damage: that will impair
a. Cap operation.
b. Tether

0071-11
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

CAP NATO SLAVE

TETHER

Figure 10. NATO Slave.

11 Before Connection Point C1 1. Inspect seal on connection point Seal is missing


Cover and Seal C1 cover. or has damaged
that will impair
operation.

0071-12
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

CONNECTION C1

CONNECTION SEAL
POINT COVER

Figure 11. Connection Point C1.

12 Before Hoses and Retaining 1. Check that hoses are present, Hoses are miss-
Screws and the following hardware for ing, or have
obvious signs of damage: damage that will
a. Retaining screws impair opera-
tion.
b. Hose connection covers
c. Hose connection cover chains

0071-13
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

HOSE CONNECTION
COVER

HOSE RETAINING HOSE CONNECTION


SCREW COVER CHAIN

Figure 12. Hoses and Retaining Screws.

13 Before Floating Strainer 1. Check that strainer is present Floating strainer


and the following hardware for is missing or
presence and obvious signs of has damage
damage. that will impair
a. Tie down strap operation.
b. Cap
c. Chain

0071-14
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

FLOATING TIE DOWN CAP CAP


STRAINER STRAP CHAIN

Figure 13. Floating Strainer.

14 Before Vent 1. Visually check vent for Vent is clogged


restrictions and obvious signs of or has damage
damage. that will impair
operation.

0071-15
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

VENT

Figure 14. Vent.

15 Before Tank 1. Check the tank and welds for Class III leak is
cracks, leaks, and obvious signs of evident, tank
damage. has cracks or
obvious dam-
age that will im-
pair operation.

TANK

Figure 15. Tank.

16 Before Water Level Indicator 1. Check the following hardware for Switch(es),
presence and obvious signs of needle, gauge,
damage: wiring or con-

0071-16
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:
a. High water level switch nectors are
missing, or have
b. Low water level switch
damage that will
c. Dial indicator switch impair opera-
tion.
d. Wiring
e. Electrical connectors
f. Needle
g. Gauge

LOW WATER
LEVEL SWITCH GAUGE

HIGH WATER
LEVEL
SWITCH
WIRING

DIAL NEEDLE ELECTRICAL


INDICATOR CONNECTOR
SWITCH

Figure 16. Water Level Indicator.

17 Before Fuel Tank WARNING

DO NOT smoke or
permit any open flame
in area of water

0071-17
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:
distributor while you are
servicing fuel system.
Be sure hose nozzle is
grounded against filler
tube during refueling to
prevent static electricity.
Failure to comply may
result in injury or death.
DO NOT perform fuel
system checks,
inspections, or
maintenance while
smoking or near fire,
flames, or sparks. Fuel
may ignite, causing
injury, death or damage
to equipment.
Operating personnel
must wear fuel-resistant
gloves when handling
fuels. If exposed to fuel,
promptly wash exposed
skin and change fuel-
soaked clothing. Failure
to comply may result in
injury or death to
personnel. Failure to
comply may result in
injury or death to
personnel.

1. Check that the fuel level is Any fuel leak is


enough to perform mission, the evident. Fuel
tank for leaks or cracks, and the level is inade-
following hardware for presence quate, or tank
and obvious signs of damage: has cracks or
a. Fuel cap damage that will
impair opera-
b. Fuel cap chain
tion.
c. Fuel gauge
d. Hoses
e. Clamps
f. Fittings

0071-18
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

FITTING CLAMPS HOSE

FUEL TANK

FUEL GAUGE

FUEL CAP
CHAIN

FUEL CAP

Figure 17. Fuel Tank.

18 Before UPIK Interface Kit 1. Check UPIK and the following UPIK interface
hardware for presence and obvious kit has damage
signs of damage: that will impair
a. Cap operation.
b. Air hose cap
c. Cap chain
d. Pins
e. Cable seal

0071-19
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

CABLE
PINS SEAL

AIR
CAP HOSE CAP

CAP
CHAIN

Figure 18. UPIK Interface Kit.

19 Before Stowage Box 1. Check that two stowage box Stowage box
latches and door operate correctly. door will not
latch or has
damage that will
impair opera-
tion.

0071-20
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

DOOR LATCHES

Figure 19. Stowage Box.

20 Before Fire Extinguisher WARNING

Fire extinguisher
contents are under
pressure. Do not
puncture or incinerate.
DO NOT store at high
temperatures above
120F (49C).
Avoid inhaling the
extinguishing agent.
Avoid inhaling smoke
and fumes - all fires
release toxic
substances that are
harmful. DO NOT
remain in a closed area
after use. Evacuate the
area immediately and
ventilate thoroughly
before re-entering.

0071-21
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:
Although extinguishing
agents are non-toxic
when properly used,
contact with them may
cause irritation to eyes,
nose, and throat and
other allergic
symptoms.
Failure to comply with
the above warnings
could result in injury or
death to personnel or
damage to equipment.

1. Check that fire extinguisher is Fire extinguish-


present, and has the following: er is missing or
a. Proper pressure damaged, pres-
sure gauge nee-
b. Proper seal condition
dle is in the red
c. Proper expiration date area, seal is
broken, or ex-
pired.

0071-22
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

FIRE EXTINGUISHER SEAL PRESSURE GAUGE

Figure 20. Fire Extinguisher.

21 Before Safety Chain 1. Check that safety chain is Safety chain is


present and free from damage. missing, or has
damage that will
impair opera-
tion.

0071-23
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

SAFETY CHAIN

Figure 21. Safety Chain.

22 Before Folding Handrail 1. Check that folding handrail is free Handrail or re-
from obvious signs of damage. taining pins
Check that the following hardware have damage
is present: that will impair
a. Retaining pins operation.
b. Cables

0071-24
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

RETAINING PIN FOLDING HANDRAIL

CABLE

Figure 22. Folding Handrail.

23 Before Control Box 1. Check control box, and the Control box has
following for presence and obvious damage that will
signs of damage: impair opera-
a. Cover tion.
b. Rubber T-handle

0071-25
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

CONTROL BOX RUBBER T-HANDLE

COVER

Figure 23. Control Box.

24 Before Water Turret 1. Check Water Turret, and the Lock knobs, or
following hardware for presence water turret
and obvious signs damage: have damage
a. Lock knobs that will impair
operation.
b. Handle
c. Connection point cover
d. Chain

0071-26
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

CONNECTION
WATER TURRET POINT COVER
CHAIN

HANDLE

LOCK
KNOB

Figure 24. Water Turret.

25 Before Manhole Cover 1. Check that manhole cover is Manhole will not
closed and secured. secure.

0071-27
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

MANHOLE COVER

Figure 25. Manhole Cover.

26 Before Hose Reel 1. Check hose reel and the Hose reel, or
following for presence and obvious hose has dam-
signs of damage: age that will im-
a. Hose pair operation.
Crank handle is
b. Crank handle
missing or has
c. Retaining pin damage that will
impair opera-
tion.

0071-28
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

HOSE HOSE RETAINING CRANK


REEL PIN HANDLE

Figure 26. Hose Reel.

27 Before Sprinkler 1. Check sprinklers for obvious Sprinkler(s)


signs of damage. have damage
that will impair
operation.

0071-29
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

SPRINKLERS

Figure 27. Sprinklers.

28 Before Air Oiler 1. Check air oiler for obvious signs Class III leak is
of damage, and visually check oil evident. Oil lev-
level through site glass. el is below full
line, or air oiler
has damage
that will impair
operation.

0071-30
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

AIR
OILER

SIGHT
GLASS

Figure 28. Air Oiler.

29 Before Air Actuators 1. Check Air actuators for obvious Class III leak is
signs of damage. evident. Air ac-
tuator(s) have
damage that will
impair opera-
tion.

0071-31
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

AIR ACTUATORS

Figure 29. Air Actuators.

30 Before Sprinkler Bar 1. Check sprinkler bar for obvious Sprinkler bar
signs of damage. has damage
that will impair
operation.

0071-32
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

SPRINKLER
BAR

Figure 30. Sprinkler Bar.

31 Before Work Lights 1. Check work lights for proper Work lights
operation, and the following for have damage
presence and obvious signs of that will impair
damage: operation.
a. Lenses
b. Housing
c. Wiring

0071-33
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

WORKLIGHT

HOUSING

WIRING LENS

Figure 31. Work Lights.

32 During Engine 1. Listen for the following during Engine is idling


engine operation (WP 0005): rough, misfiring,
a. Unusual noise or making un-
usual noise.
b. Misfiring
c. Rough idling

0071-34
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

ENGINE

Figure 32. Engine.

33 During Exhaust WARNING

Engine components be-


come hot during normal op-
eration. Allow engine to cool
completely prior to perform-
ing this task. If necessary,
use insulated pads and
gloves. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death
to personnel.

1. Listen for the following during Exhaust system


engine operation (WP 0005): has leak(s), or
a. Leaks making unusual
noise.

0071-35
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:
b. Unusual noise

EXHAUST
SYSTEM

Figure 33. Exhaust System.

34 During Gauges and Indicators 1. Monitor the following gauges and Any gauge or in-
indicators during operation for dicator has ab-
abnormal readings: normal reading.
a. Engine Oil pressure Gauge.
Engine oil pressure gauge should
read 7 psi (48 kPa) at normal idle,
and 21 psi (145 kPa) during
spraying operations. If gauge goes
below 7 psi (48 kPa) at normal idle,
or below 21 psi (145 kPa) during
spraying operations, notify Field
Maintenance.
b. Engine Temperature Gauge.
Engine temperature gauge should
read between 170 - 190 F (77-88
C). If gauge stays below 160 F or
goes above 220 F (104 C) notify
Field Maintenance.

0071-36
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:
c. Battery Voltage Gauge. Battery
voltage gauge should read
between 24-28 VDC during
operation. If voltage gauge reads
below 24VDC, or higher than 28
VDC, notify Field Maintenance.
d. Engine Speed Gauge
e. Water Pump Inlet Gauge
f. Water Pump Outlet Gauge
g. Water Level High Indicator
h. Water Level Low Indicator

ENGINE OIL ENGINE WATER


PRESSURE GAUGE TEMPERATURE LEVEL HIGH
GAUGE INDICATOR
ENGINE
SPEED
GAUGE

BATTERY
VOLTAGE
GAUGE

WATER WATER WATER


PUMP INLET LEVEL LOW PUMP OUTLET
GAUGE INDICATOR GAUGE

Figure 34. Controls and Indicators.

35 During Safety Chain 1. Ensure safety chain attached to Safety chain is


hook. not in place.

0071-37
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

SAFETY CHAIN

Figure 35. Safety Chain.

36 During Work Lights 1. Check work lights for proper Work lights are
operation. inoperative or
have damage
that will impair
operation.

0071-38
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

WORK
LIGHTS

Figure 36. Work Lights.

37 During Sprinkler 1. Check that material sprays Sprinkler(s) are


properly from sprinkler heads. clogged.

0071-39
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

SPRINKLERS

Figure 37. Sprinklers.

38 During Hose Reel 1. Check that hose reel operates Class III leak is
properly, and that hose is free of evident. Hose or
leaks and obvious signs of damage. reel has dam-
age that will im-
pair operation.

0071-40
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

HOSE HOSE
REEL

Figure 38. Hose Reel.

39 During Sprinkler Bar 1. Check that material flows Sprinkler bar is


properly from sprinkler bar. clogged

0071-41
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

SPRINKLER
BAR

Figure 39. Sprinkler Bar.

40 After Engine 1. Remove rear engine access Class III or any


cover (WP 0082). Check for fuel leak is evi-
evidence of leakage of the following dent.
fluids on, or under water distributor:
a. Oil
b. Antifreeze
c. Fuel

0071-42
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

FUEL

OIL

ENGINE ANTIFREEZE

Figure 40. Engine.

41 After Air Filter Restriction 1. Visually check air filter restriction Indicator is
Indicator indicator (WP 0085). damaged or in-
dicates air filter
needs serviced.

0071-43
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

AIR FILTER
RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Figure 41. Air Filter Restriction Indicator.

42 After Engine Oil Level 1. Remove rear engine access Oil level is be-
cover (WP 0082). Check that low bottom line,
engine oil level is between bottom, excessively
and top line on dipstick over top line, or
dipstick is miss-
ing or damaged.

0071-44
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

DIPSTICK

LOW LINE HIGH LINE

Figure 42. Engine Oil Level.

43 After Hoses and Connection 1. Check hoses for presence and


Point Covers that they are properly stowed.

2. Check all connection point Hoses are miss-


covers and the following hardware ing or not prop-
for presence and obvious signs of erly stowed.
damage: Adapter
a. Tethers screens are
clogged. Con-
b. Seals
nection point
c. Adapter screens cover(s), seals,
adapter
screens, or
hardware is
missing or has
damage that will
impair opera-
tion.

0071-45
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

HOSES

SCREEN SCREENS

TETHER CONNECTION SEAL TETHER CONNECTION


POINT COVER POINT COVERS

Figure 43. Hoses and Connection Point Covers.

44 After Floating Strainer 1. Check floating strainer for Floating strainer


presence, and that it is properly is missing or is
stowed. not properly
stowed.

0071-46
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

FLOATING
STRAINER

Figure 44. Floating Strainer.

45 After Tank 1. Check the tank and welds for Class III leak is
cracks, leaks, and obvious signs of evident. Tank
damage. has cracks, or
damage that will
impair opera-
tion.

0071-47
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

TANK

Figure 45. Tank.

46 After Fuel Tank WARNING

DO NOT smoke or
permit any open flame
in area of water
distributor while you are
servicing fuel system.
Be sure hose nozzle is
grounded against filler
tube during refueling to
prevent static electricity.
Failure to comply may
result in injury or death.
DO NOT perform fuel
system checks,
inspections, or
maintenance while
smoking or near fire,
flames, or sparks. Fuel
may ignite, causing
injury, death or damage
to equipment.

0071-48
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:
Operating personnel
must wear fuel-resistant
gloves when handling
fuels. If exposed to fuel,
promptly wash exposed
skin and change fuel-
soaked clothing. Failure
to comply may result in
injury or death to
personnel. Failure to
comply may result in
injury or death to
personnel.

1. Check fuel tank for leaks or Any fuel leak is


cracks, and the following hardware evident. Fuel
for presence and obvious signs of tank or hard-
damage: ware has dam-
a. Fuel cap age that will im-
pair operation.
b. Fuel cap chain
c. Fuel gauge
d. Hoses
e. Clamps
f. Fittings

0071-49
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

FITTING CLAMPS HOSE

FUEL TANK

FUEL GAUGE

FUEL CAP
CHAIN

FUEL CAP

Figure 46. Fuel Tank.

47 After UPIK Interface Kit 1. Check the UPIK and the following UPIK interface
hardware for presence, and kit has damage
obvious signs of damage: that will impair
a. Cap operation.
b. Air hose cap
c. Chain
d. Pins
e. Cable seal

0071-50
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

CABLE
PINS SEAL

AIR
CAP HOSE CAP

CAP
CHAIN

Figure 47. UPIK Interface Kit.

48 After Stowage Box 1. Check that the stowage box is Stowage box
closed and latched. will not close
and latch prop-
erly.

0071-51
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

DOOR LATCHES

Figure 48. Stowage Box.

49 After Ladder WARNING

Keep hands and fingers


clear of ladder rungs and
sides when placing ladder in
the stowed position. Failure
to comply may result in in-
jury or death to personnel.

1. Check that ladder for present, Ladder is miss-


and that properly stowed. ing or not prop-
erly stowed.

0071-52
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

LADDER

Figure 49. Ladder.

50 After Hose Reel 1. Check that hose is properly Hose is not


stowed, and the following for properly stow-
presence and obvious signs of ed. Crank han-
damage: dle is missing,
a. Hose or has damage
that will impair
b. Crank handle
operation. Hose
c. Retaining pins reel or hose has
damage that will
impair opera-
tion.

0071-53
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

HOSE HOSE RETAINING CRANK


REEL PIN HANDLE

Figure 50. Hose Reel.

51 After Sprinkler 1. Check that sprinklers are present Sprinkler(s) are


and free from obvious signs of missing, or have
damage. damage that will
impair opera-
tion.

0071-54
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

SPRINKLERS

Figure 51. Sprinklers.

52 After Rollers 1. Check rollers for the following: Neither roller


a. Ensure that retaining pins and functions cor-
holding pins are free of corrosion. rectly or has
damage that will
b. Ensure that roller will rotate.
impair opera-
c. Ensure roll pins are not tion.
damaged.

0071-55
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

REAR VIEW
RING
RETAINING PIN

HOLDING
PIN

ROLL ROLLER
PIN ROLLER VIEW FROM
UNDERNEATH

Figure 52. Rollers.

53 After Sprinkler Bar 1. Check sprinkler bar for obvious Sprinkler bar
signs of damage. has damage
that will impair
operation.

0071-56
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

SPRINKLER
BAR

Figure 53. Sprinkler Bar.

54 Weekly Exhaust System 1. Check the following exhaust Exhaust system


system components for presence has missing
and obvious signs of damage: hardware, or
a. Muffler damage that will
impair opera-
b. Tail pipe
tion.
c. Clamps
d. Brackets

0071-57
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

BRACKETS
MUFFLER CLAMP

TAIL PIPE

Figure 54. Exhaust System.

55 Weekly Batteries WARNING

BATTERIES
To avoid shock when
disconnecting the batteries,
ensure that the negative
terminal is disconnected first
and the system power is
turned off. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury

0071-58
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:
or death to personnel and/or
damage to equipment.

1. Remove battery box cover Batteries, bat-


(WP 0081). Check the following tery cables, bat-
battery components for presence tery box, or hold
and obvious signs of damage: down is miss-
a. Batteries ing, or has dam-
age that will im-
b. Battery cables
pair operation.
c. Battery hold down
d. Battery box

BATTERY HOLD DOWN


BATTERY BOX BATTERY CABLE

BATTERIES

Figure 55. Batteries.

0071-59
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

56 Weekly Fuel Tank WARNING

DO NOT smoke or
permit any open flame
in area of water
distributor while you are
servicing fuel system.
Be sure hose nozzle is
grounded against filler
tube during refueling to
prevent static electricity.
Failure to comply may
result in injury or death.
DO NOT perform fuel
system checks,
inspections, or
maintenance while
smoking or near fire,
flames, or sparks. Fuel
may ignite, causing
injury, death or damage
to equipment.
Operating personnel
must wear fuel-resistant
gloves when handling
fuels. If exposed to fuel,
promptly wash exposed
skin and change fuel-
soaked clothing. Failure
to comply may result in
injury or death to
personnel. Failure to
comply may result in
injury or death to
personnel.

1. Check fuel tank for leaks, cracks, Any fuel leak is


and obvious signs of damage. evident. Fuel
tank has dam-
age that will im-
pair operation.

0071-60
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

FUEL TANK

Figure 56. Fuel Tank.

57 Weekly UPIK Interface Kit 1. Check UPIK interface kit, and the UPIK or hard-
following for presence, and obvious ware is missing,
signs of damage: or has damage
a. Cap that will impair
operation.
b. Air hose cap
c. Chain
d. Pins
e. Cable seal

0071-61
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

CABLE
PINS SEAL

AIR
CAP HOSE CAP

CAP
CHAIN

Figure 57. UPIK Interface Kit.

58 Weekly Stowage Box 1. Check stowage box for signs of Stowage box
water intrusion, and the following seal, latches, or
for presence and obvious signs of tethers are
damage: missing, or have
a. Seal damage that will
impair opera-
b. Tethers
tion.
c. Latches

0071-62
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

STOWAGE BOX LATCHES SEAL

CABLE CABLE

Figure 58. Stowage Box.

59 Monthly Air Filter 1. Remove outer air filter element


from air cleaner housing, and
inspect for cleanliness and
serviceability (WP 0085).

0071-63
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

AIR CLEANER

OUTER
AIR
FILTER
ELEMENT

Figure 59. Air Filter.

60 Semi- Sheet Metal and Frame 1. Inspect sheet metal, and frame Sheet metal or
Annual for the following conditions. If any frame has dam-
are found, refer to AR 750-59 Army age that will im-
corrosion prevention and control: pair operation.
a. Corrosion
b. Surface color changes
c. Surface separation
d. Blistered paint
e. Rust through
f. Broken frame rails
g. Broken cross members
h. Cracked welds
i. Other signs of damage

0071-64
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

FRAME
SHEET
METAL

Figure 60. Sheet Metal and Frame.

61 Semi- Air Lines, Hoses, and 1. Check all air lines, hoses, and Any air lines,
Annual Wiring wiring for proper routing, missing hoses, or wiring
cushion clips, and obvious signs of has damage
damage. that will impair
operation.

0071-65
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

AIR LINES

WIRING

CUSHION
CLIP

HOSES

Figure 61. Air Lines, Hoses, and Wiring.

62 Semi- Valves and Connection 1. Check all valves for proper


Annual Point Covers operation, and obvious signs of
damage.

2. Check all connection point Any valve does


covers for proper seal condition and not operate
obvious signs of damage. properly, or has
damage that will
impair opera-
tion. Any con-
nection point
cover or seal is
missing, or has
damage that will
impair opera-
tion.

0071-66
TM 5-3825-270-10 0071

Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued

EQUIPMENT NOT
ITEM ITEM TO BE CHECKED READY/
NO. INTERVAL OR SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

SEAL CONNECTION
POINT COVER
CONNECTION
VALVES POINT COVERS

Figure 62. Valves and Connection Point Covers.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0071-67/68 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 5

MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
TM 5-3825-270-10 0072

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

UNPACKING AND DEPROCESSING

UNPACKING

Upon receipt of new equipment, the receiving organization must see if equipment has been properly prepared for
service and is in good condition. Inspect all assemblies, subassemblies, and accessories to be sure they are in
proper working order. Secure, clean, and correctly adjust and/or lubricate, as needed (see Field Level Preventive
Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Tables and Operator's Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
(PMCS) Tables (WP 0070)). Check all tools and equipment to be sure every item is there and in good condition and
clean (WP 0087).

END OF TASK

UNPACKING

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT)


Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and
skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract,
may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin
contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for
15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First
aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other
sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and
Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C).
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury
to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0072-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0072

UNPACKING - Continued

Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW
authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.
If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and
medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Remove any metal strapping, plywood, tapes, seals, wrapping or any other shipping and protective items. If any
parts are coated with lubricating oil, remove it using solvent cleaning compound. Read and follow all instructions
contained in DD Form 1397 (WP 0086), "Processing and Deprocessing Record of Shipping, Storage, and Issue of
Trucks and Spare Engines". Inspect flatrack for damage incurred during shipping. If flatrack has been damaged,
report the damage on SF 364 Supply Discrepancy Report. Check the equipment against the packing slip to ensure
shipment is complete. Report all discrepancies in accordance with DA PAM 750-8 (WP 0086).

END OF TASK

SERVICING

Perform the Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services in PMCS. Schedule the next Preventive Maintenance
Checks and Services on DD Form 314 (WP 0086), Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record. Report all
deficiencies on DA Form 2407 (WP 0086) if the deficiencies appear to involve unsatisfactory design.

END OF TASK

PACKING

Preservation and other protective measures taken in the preparation of material and accompanying tools and
equipment for shipment must be sufficient to protect the material against deterioration and physical damage during
shipment. Use solvent cleaning compound to clean or wash grease or oil from all metal parts. All surfaces must be
clean to ensure removal of corrosion, soil, grease, or residues. After cleaning, use cold water to rinse flatrack. Dry
all parts thoroughly with a lint-free cloth. Spot paint all surfaces as necessary TB 430209 (WP 0086).

END OF TASK

SERVICE BEFORE OPERATION

GENERAL

1. Refer to operating instructions for the equipment.


2. Upon receipt of new, used, or reconditioned equipment, the receiving organization must see if it has been
properly prepared for service and is in good condition (WP 0070). Inspect all assemblies, subassemblies, and
accessories to ensure they are in proper working order. Secure, clean, correctly adjust, and lubricate as needed
(see Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) TablesWP ( 0070)). Check all tools and equipment
to be sure every item is there and in good condition and clean (WP 0087).
3. Follow general procedures for all services and inspections given in Field Level Preventive Maintenance Checks
and Services (PMCS) Tables and Operator's Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Tables
(WP 0070) .

0072-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0072

SERVICE BEFORE OPERATION - Continued

SPECIAL SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

1. Tank and Sheet Metal Inspection:


a. Inspect tank and sheet metal for evidence of damage during shipment.
b. Check latches and hinges on compartments for proper operation.
c. Check mounting hardware and tighten as necessary.
2. Engine Inspection:
a. Remove any seals, plugs, or tape used to seal air inlets and ports on the engine during shipping.
b. Check crankcase oil level with dipstick.
3. Examine air cleaner element for dirty or restricted condition.
a. Inspect engine and cooling hose connections for evidence of leakage.
b. Clean away any obstruction of cooling airflow to radiator.
4. Electrical System Inspection:
a. Inspect battery cable connections, clean, and tighten as necessary.
b. Check all lights for burned out lamps, loose connections, and dirty or broken lenses.
c. Ensure that alternator is charging properly.
d. Ensure all electrical equipment functions.
5. Fuel Systems Inspection:
a. Check fuel level and replenish, if necessary.
b. Inspect fuel lines, connections, and filters for evidence of leakage.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0072-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0073

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
BACK FLUSHING

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF.

BACK FLUSHING

NOTE
Water Distributor should have a minimum of 300 gallons of water for back flushing,
1. Remove connection point cover C1 (Figure 1, Item 2).

Figure 1. Back Flushing.


2. Open valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1). Allow fluid to drain until flow appears unrestricted.
3. Close valve V1 (Figure 1, Item 1).
4. Install connection point cover C1 (Figure 1, Item 2).
5. If back flushing fails to clear strainer, notify Field Maintenance to service strainer.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0073-1/2 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0074

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
PREPARATION FOR TRANSPORT

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

PREPARATION FOR HIGHWAY, RAIL, OR FIXED WING AIR TRANSPORT

1. Ensure that all switches are in the OFF position and engage emergency stop switch.
2. Fully drain water distributor (WP 0011).

WARNING

Diesel fuel is flammable. Do not perform this procedure near fire, flame or sparks. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
3. Notify field maintenance to drain fuel tank.
4. Close and secure all Basic Issue Items (BII) in stowage box.
5. Using cable tie or suitable lock, secure stowage box door eyelet (Figure 1, Item 1) to stowage box eyelet (Figure
1, Item 2).

0074-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0074

PREPARATION FOR HIGHWAY, RAIL, OR FIXED WING AIR TRANSPORT - Continued

1 2

Figure 1. Preparation For Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport.


6. Ensure folding hand rail is stowed (WP 0077).
7. Ensure manhole cover is closed (WP 0080).

NOTE
Water turret should be stowed as depicted in Figure 2 for ALL modes of transport.
8. Install connection point cap (Figure 2, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 2. Preparation For Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport.

END OF TASK

0074-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0074

PLACING WATER DISTRIBUTOR BACK IN SERVICE AFTER HIGHWAY, RAIL, OR FIXED WING AIR
TRANSPORT.

1. Remove cable tie or suitable lock from stowage box door eyelet (Figure 3, Item 1) and stowage box eyelet
(Figure 3, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 3. Placing Water Distributor Back In Service After Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport.
2. Remove connection point cap (Figure 4, Item 2) and attach desired nozzle to water turret (Figure 4, Item 1).

1 2

Figure 4. Placing Water Distributor Back In Service After Highway, Rail, Or Fixed Wing Air Transport.

0074-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0074

PLACING WATER DISTRIBUTOR BACK IN SERVICE AFTER HIGHWAY, RAIL, OR FIXED WING AIR
TRANSPORT - Continued.

WARNING

Diesel fuel is flammable. Do not perform this procedure near fire, flame or sparks. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
3. Notify field maintenance to fill fuel tank.
4. Fill water distributor as required (WP 0011).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0074-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0075

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
STOW/UNSTOW ROLLERS

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Water Distributor loaded on PLS (WP 0007)

STOW

1. Remove two holding pins (Figure 1, Item 1) from retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

4
VIEW FROM
3
UNDERNEATH REAR VIEW

Figure 1. Stow Rollers.


2. Remove two retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2) and roller (Figure 1, Item 3) from frame (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Position roller (Figure 1, Item 3) on roller stowage bracket (Figure 1, Item 5) and install two retaining pins
(Figure 1, Item 2).
4. Install two holding pins (Figure 1, Item 1) in retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK

UNSTOW

1. Remove two holding pins (Figure 2, Item 1) from retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2).

0075-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0075

UNSTOW - Continued

1 2

4
VIEW FROM
3
UNDERNEATH REAR VIEW

Figure 2. Unstow Rollers.


2. Remove two retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2) and roller (Figure 2, Item 3) from roller stowage bracket (Figure
2, Item 5).
3. Install roller (Figure 2, Item 3) on frame (Figure 2, Item 4) with two retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Install two holding pins (Figure 2, Item 1) in retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE

Unload water distributor. (WP 0007)

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0075-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0076

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
STOW\UNSTOW LADDER

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

UNSTOW LADDER

1. Remove tie down strap (Figure 1, Item 1) and slide ladder (Figure 1, Item 2) out of frame (Figure 1, Item 3).

Figure 1. Unstow Ladder.


2. Position ladder (Figure 1, Item 2) on the ground with hooks (Figure 1, Item 4 ) facing toward water distributor.

WARNING

Keep fingers away from pinch points. Fingers may be pinched. Failure to comply may result
in injury or death to personnel.

WARNING

Ladder is intended for use on the water distributor. The two hooks on the ladder must be
installed in the holes located on top of the mounting point to use. Failure to comply may
result in injury or death to personnel.

0076-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0076

UNSTOW LADDER - Continued

Ensure ladder is stable against vehicle prior to use. Failure to comply may result in injury
or death to personnel.
Ensure that the ladder is clean and free of debris or personnel may slip. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death to personnel.

NOTE
There are 17 mounting points in which to position ladder on the water distributor. One is
shown.
3. Install hooks (Figure 2, Item 4) of ladder (Figure 2, Item 2 ) in holes at desired location on frame (Figure 2,
Item 3).

2 3 4

Figure 2. Unstow Ladder.

END OF TASK

STOW LADDER

1. Remove ladder (Figure 3, Item 2) from frame (Figure 3, Item 3).

2 3 4

Figure 3. Stow Ladder.

0076-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0076

STOW LADDER - Continued

WARNING

Keep hands and fingers clear of ladder rungs and sides when placing ladder in the stowed
position. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
2. Position ladder (Figure 3, Item 2) on the ground in the upright position with hooks (Figure 3, Item 4) facing
toward water distributor.
3. Slide ladder (Figure 4, Item 2) into frame (Figure 4, Item 3) with hooks (Figure 4, Item 4) facing up and secure
with tie down strap (Figure 4, Item 1).

Figure 4. Stow Ladder.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0076-3/4 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0077

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
STOW/UNSTOW RAILING

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

STOW

1. Remove two retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 1) from folding handrail assembly (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 1. Stow Railing.

WARNING

Keep fingers away from pinch points. Fingers may be pinched. Failure to comply may result
in injury or death to personnel.
2. Fold handrail assembly (Figure 2, Item 2) down into the stowed position, and install two retaining pins (Figure
2, Item 1).

0077-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0077

STOW - Continued

Figure 2. Stow Railing.


3. Secure folding handrail assembly (Figure 3, Item 2) to rear platform (Figure 3, Item 3) with tie down strap.

TIE
DOWN
STRAP

Figure 3. Stow Railing.

END OF TASK

UNSTOW

1. Release tie down strap from folding handrail assembly (Figure 4, Item 2) and rear platform (Figure 4, Item 3).

0077-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0077

UNSTOW - Continued

TIE
DOWN
STRAP

Figure 4. Unstow Railing.


2. Remove two retaining pins (Figure 5, Item 1) from folding handrail assembly (Figure 5, Item 2).

Figure 5. Unstow Railing.

WARNING

Keep fingers away from pinch points. Fingers may be pinched. Failure to comply may result
in injury or death to personnel.
3. Unfold handrail assembly (Figure 6, Item 2) to the unstowed position, and install retaining pins (Figure 6, Item
1).

0077-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0077

UNSTOW - Continued

1 2

Figure 6. Unstow Railing.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0077-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0078

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
STOW/UNSTOW HOSES

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

UNSTOW FILL HOSES

NOTE
Both fill hoses are removed the same way. Top hose shown.
1. Remove four holding pins (Figure 1, Item 1) from retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 1. Unstow Fill Hoses.


2. Remove four retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2) from hose mounting brackets (Figure 1, Item 3).
3. Remove two hoses (Figure 1, Item 4) from hose mounting brackets (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK

STOW FILL HOSES

NOTE
Both fill hoses are stowed the same way. Top hose shown.
1. Place two hoses (Figure 2, Item 4) in hose mounting brackets (Figure 2, Item 3).

0078-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0078

STOW FILL HOSES - Continued

1 2

Figure 2. Stow Fill Hoses.


2. Install four retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 2) in hose mounting brackets (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Install four holding pins (Figure 2, Item 1) in retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK

UNWIND HOSE REEL

1. Release tie down strap from frame (Figure 3, Item 1) and hose reel (Figure 3, Item 2).

TIE DOWN
1 STRAP 2

Figure 3. Unwind Hose Reel.


2. Unlock hose reel (Figure 3, Item 2) by pulling and turning locking pin (Figure 3, Item 3).
3. Remove retaining pin (Figure 4, Item 4) from hose hook (Figure 4, Item 5).

0078-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0078

UNWIND HOSE REEL - Continued

4 5 6

Figure 4. Unwind Hose Reel.


4. With the aid of an assistant, pull hose (Figure 4, Item 6) to unwind.

END OF TASK

RETRACT HOSE REEL

1. Remove retaining pin (Figure 5, Item 7) from crank handle (Figure 5, Item 8) and crank handle from stowage
brackets (Figure 5, Item 9).

6 7 8

10 9

Figure 5. Retract Hose Reel.


2. Install crank handle (Figure 5, Item 8) on slotted shaft (Figure 5, Item 10).
3. Reel hose (Figure 5, Item 6) in by turning crank handle (Figure 5, Item 8) clockwise.
4. Remove crank handle (Figure 5, Item 8) from slotted shaft (Figure 5, Item 10) and return to stowage bracket
(Figure 5, Item 9). Secure with retaining pin (Figure 5, Item 7).
5. Place hose (Figure 6, Item 6) in hose hook (Figure 6, Item 5) and secure with retaining pin (Figure 6, Item 4).

0078-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0078

RETRACT HOSE REEL - Continued

4 5 6

Figure 6. Retract Hose Reel.


6. Lock hose reel (Figure 7, Item 2) into place by aligning hole in hose reel and locking pin (Figure 7, Item 3).

TIE DOWN
1 STRAP 2

Figure 7. Retract Hose Reel.


7. Secure hose reel (Figure 7, Item 2) to frame (Figure 7, Item 1) with tie down strap.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0078-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0079

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
STOW/UNSTOW FLOATING STRAINER

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Unstow hoses. (WP 0078)

UNSTOW

1. Release tie down strap (Figure 1, Item 1) from floating strainer (Figure 1, Item 2) and frame (Figure 1, Item 3).

Figure 1. Unstow Floating Strainer.


2. Remove floating strainer (Figure 1, Item 2) from frame (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK

STOW

1. Place floating strainer (Figure 2, Item 2) in frame (Figure 2, Item 3).

0079-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0079

STOW - Continued

Figure 2. Stow Floating Strainer.


2. Secure floating strainer (Figure 2, Item 2) to frame (Figure 2, Item 3) with tie down strap (Figure 2, Item 1).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE

Stow hoses (WP 0078).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0079-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0080

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPEN/CLOSE MANHOLE COVER

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Unstow railing. (WP 0077)
Engine OFF.

OPEN

WARNING
Manhole cover does not lock open. Injury may occur if manhole cover accidentally closes on
personnel.
1. Turn T-handle latch (Figure 1, Item 1) counterclockwise and fold T-handle latch down and away from manhole
cover (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

Figure 1. Open Manhole Cover.


2. Open manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK

CLOSE

WARNING
Manhole cover does not lock open. Injury may occur if manhole cover accidentally closes on
personnel.
1. Close manhole cover (Figure 2, Item 2).

0080-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0080

CLOSE - Continued

1 2

Figure 2. Close Manhole Cover.


2. Place T-handle latch (Figure 2, Item 1) in manhole cover (Figure 2, Item 2) and turn T-handle latch clockwise
until tight.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE

Stow railing. (WP 0077)

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0080-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0081

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPEN/CLOSE BATTERY BOX

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF.

OPEN BATTERY BOX COVER

WARNING

To avoid eye injury, eye protection is required when working around batteries. Do not smoke,
use open flame, make sparks or create other ignition sources around batteries. If a battery
is giving off gases, it can explode. Remove all jewelry, such as rings, ID tags, watches and
bracelets. If jewelry contacts a battery terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating of
tools, damage to equipment. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
1. Disconnect two rubber hooks (Figure 1, Item 1) from battery box (Figure 1, Item 3).

1 2

Figure 1. Open Battery Box.


2. Lift cover (Figure 1, Item 2) up and away from battery box (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK

0081-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0081

CLOSE BATTERY BOX COVER

WARNING

To avoid eye injury, eye protection is required when working around batteries. Do not smoke,
use open flame, make sparks or create other ignition sources around batteries. If a battery
is giving off gases, it can explode. Remove all jewelry, such as rings, ID tags, watches and
bracelets. If jewelry contacts a battery terminal, a direct short will result in instant heating of
tools, damage to equipment. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

NOTE
Ensure that tabs on battery box cover are properly aligned with holes on battery box.
1. Place cover (Figure 2, Item 2) on battery box (Figure 2, Item 3).

1 2

Figure 2. Close Battery Box.


2. Connect two rubber hooks (Figure 2, Item 1) to battery box (Figure 2, Item 3).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0081-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0082

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPEN/CLOSE ENGINE ACCESS COVERS

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Engine OFF.

OPEN ENGINE ACCESS COVER

NOTE
Both engine access covers are opened the same way. Rear engine access cover is shown.
1. Turn handle (Figure 1, Item 1) clockwise.

1 2 3

Figure 1. Open Engine Access Cover.


2. Remove engine access cover (Figure 1, Item 2) from frame (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK

CLOSE ENGINE ACCESS COVER

NOTE
Both engine access covers are closed the same way. Rear engine access cover is shown.
1. Install engine access cover (Figure 2, Item 2) on frame (Figure 2, Item 3).

0082-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0082

CLOSE ENGINE ACCESS COVER - Continued

1 2 3

Figure 2. Close Engine Access Cover.


2. Turn handle (Figure 2, Item 1) counterclockwise to stop.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0082-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0083

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
CLEANING

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

CLEANING SOLVENTS

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT)


Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and
skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract,
may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin
contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for
15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First
aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other
sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and
Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C).
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury
to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW
authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.
If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and
medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0083-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0083

CLEANING SOLVENTS - Continued

WARNING

Compressed air used for cleaning and drying purposes must not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).
Use only with effective chip guarding and proper protective equipment (goggles, shield,
gloves, etc.). Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Use only approved cleaning solvents to clean parts. Solvent cleaning compound is commonly used. Always work in
a well-ventilated area.

END OF TASK

REMOVING DEPOSITS

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT)


Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and
skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract,
may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin
contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for
15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First
aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other
sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and
Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C).
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury
to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW
authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.
If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and
medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts

0083-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0083

REMOVING DEPOSITS - Continued

eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Soak parts in Solvent cleaning compound and wash away deposits by flushing or spraying. When necessary, brush
with a soft bristle brush (not wire) moistened in solvent. Use compressed air to dry parts, except bearings, after
cleaning. Bearings must drip and air dry.

END OF TASK

TOOLS

Do not use wire brushes, abrasive wheels, or compounds to clean parts unless specifically approved in the detailed
procedures. Parts may be scratched or altered and may weaken a highly stressed part.

END OF TASK

BALL AND ROLLER BEARINGS

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT)


Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and
skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract,
may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin
contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for
15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First
aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other
sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and
Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C).
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury
to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW
authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.
If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and
medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts

0083-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0083

BALL AND ROLLER BEARINGS - Continued

eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
When cleaning ball or roller bearings, place them in a basket and suspend them in a container of solvent cleaning
compound. If needed, use a brush to remove caked grease, chips, etc. Avoid rotating bearing before solid particles
are removed to prevent damaging races and balls. When bearings have been cleaned, coat them lightly with
lubricating oil to remove solvent.

END OF TASK

RUBBER PARTS

CAUTION
Do not clean lubricant seals, rubber hoses, or electrical components with solvent mixture.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
Do not clean preformed packings or rubber parts in solvent cleaning compound. Wipe parts clean with a dry, cleaning
cloth.

END OF TASK

EXTERIOR PARTS

WARNING

Steam cleaning creates hazardous noise levels and severe burn potential. Eye, skin, and ear
protection is required. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Steam clean all exterior parts thoroughly before removing. This will make inspection and disassembly easier.

END OF TASK

ENGINE AND FRAME

WARNING

Solvents used with a spray gun must be used in a spray booth with a filter. Face shield must
be used by personnel operating spray gun. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
Use a spray gun and solvent mixture for cleaning of engine and frame. Allow mixture to remain on item surface for
10 minutes before rinsing. Rinse with hot water at 80 to 120 psi (551 to 827 Kpa), if available. An ordinary garden
hose with nozzle may be used if other equipment is not available. Rinse thoroughly.

END OF TASK

0083-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0083

WATER TANK AND SPRAYING EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

Immediately following the use of soil stabilization additive or equivalent, the Water Distributor and all spraying
equipment MUST be flushed through all valves and ports that the product came in contact with. The Water Distributor
must be flushed three times using 1,000 gallons (3,785.4 L) of water by using the recommended practice:
Drain all existing material/liquid at the 5" hydrant port
Fill tank with 1000 gallons of water, flush a combined 800 gallons of water through the water turret and
flusher nozzles, drain remaining 200 gallons at 5" hydrant port (C2)
Fill tank with 1000 gallons of water, flush a combined 800 gallons of water through the water turret, flusher
nozzles and hose reel, drain remaining 200 gallons at 5" hydrant port (C2)
Fill tank with 1000 gallons of water, flush a combined 500 gallons of water through the water turret and
flusher nozzles, use 200 gallons to rinse soil additive residue from rear of module using the hose reel, drain
remaining 300 gallons at the 2.5" hydrant ports (C3 and C4), gravity bar and petcocks (P1, P2, P3, P4)

END OF TASK

DEGREASING MACHINE

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT)


Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and
skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract,
may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin
contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for
15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First
aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other
sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and
Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C).
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury
to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW
authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.
If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and
medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0083-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0083

DEGREASING MACHINE - Continued

WARNING

Never use fuel to clean parts. Fuel is highly flammable. Failure to comply may result in injury
or death to personnel.

CAUTION
To prevent corrosion, parts should be dipped in rust preventive within two hours of
degreasing. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
A degreasing machine may be used to remove heavy grease and oil from metal parts.

END OF TASK

PASSAGES

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT)


Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and
skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract,
may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin
contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for
15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First
aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other
sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and
Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C).
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury
to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW
authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.

0083-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0083

PASSAGES - Continued

If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and
medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
After degreasing, check all oil passages and cavities for dirt or blockage before coating with lubricating oil. Run a
thin, flexible wire through oil passages to make sure they are not clogged. Use a pressure spray gun and solvent
cleaning compound to clean dirty passages.

END OF TASK

ELECTRICAL PARTS

WARNING

SOLVENT CLEANING COMPOUND (DRYCLEANING SOLVENT)


Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III may be irritating to the eyes and
skin. Use protective gloves and goggles. Use in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract,
may cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: do not induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for skin
contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for
15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. First
aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Keep away from open flames and other
sources of ignition. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
The flashpoint for Type II solvent cleaning compound is 141 to 198F (61 to 92C), and
Type III is 200 to 241F (93 to 116C).
Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning solvents may result in injury
to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
Fire extinguishers should be placed nearby when using solvent cleaning compound.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of IAW
authorized facilities' procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
Eye shields must be worn when cleaning with a wire brush. Failure to comply may result
in injury to personnel.
If personnel become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and
medical help. If solvent contacts skin or clothes, flush with cold water. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately flush eyes with water and get immediate medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.

0083-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0083

ELECTRICAL PARTS - Continued

Electrical parts, such as coils, junction blocks, and switches should not be soaked or sprayed with cleaning solutions.
Clean these parts with a clean cloth moistened with solvent cleaning compound.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0083-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0084

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
DATA PLATES AND STENCILS

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

DATA PLATES

Data plates and stencils see below:

Figure 1. Data Plates.

Figure 2. Data Plates.

0084-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0084

DATA PLATES - Continued

Figure 3. Data Plates.

END OF TASK

STENCILS

1. The words "SLAVE", "24 VOLTS DC", and "NO STEP" are stenciled on the battery box cover.

Figure 4. Stencils.
2. The words "FORK LIFT EMPTY ONLY" are stenciled on both sides of the water distributor.

0084-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0084

STENCILS - Continued

Figure 5. Stencils.
3. The words "NON-POTABLE WATER" are stenciled on both sides of the water distributor.

0084-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0084

STENCILS - Continued

Figure 6. Stencils.
4. The words "TIE DOWN" and "LIFT" are stenciled on each corner of the frame.

0084-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0084

STENCILS - Continued

Figure 7. Stencils.
5. The designation "DF2/JP8" and the word "DIESEL" are stenciled on the fuel tank.

0084-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0084

STENCILS - Continued

Figure 8. Stencils.
6. "V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, and V8" are stenciled at each corresponding valve.

0084-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0084

STENCILS - Continued

Figure 9. Stencils.
7. The words "NO STEP" and "HOT EXHAUST" are stenciled on the engine module.

0084-7
TM 5-3825-270-10 0084

STENCILS - Continued

Figure 10. Stencils.


8. The words "DANGER, CONFINED SPACE, DO NOT ENTER, REFER TO TECHNICAL MANUAL, PERMIT
REQUIRED", and "NO STEP" are stenciled on the top of the water distributor tank.

0084-8
TM 5-3825-270-10 0084

STENCILS - Continued

Figure 11. Stencils.


9. The words "LIFT HERE" are stenciled on the folding handrail assembly.

Figure 12. Stencils.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0084-9/10 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10 0085

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OUTER AIR FILTER ELEMENT REMOVAL/SERVICE/INSTALLATION

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition


Rag, Wiping Engine OFF.

REMOVAL

CAUTION
Do not run engine after air filter element has been removed. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment.
Do not determine air filter serviceability through visual inspection. Visual inspection may
lead to over servicing of air filters. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
1. Check air filter restriction indicator (Figure 1, Item 1) to determine air filter serviceability.

1 2

Figure 1. Air Filter Element Removal.


2. Release two latches (Figure 1, Item 4) and remove air cleaner housing cover (Figure 1, Item 3) from air cleaner
housing (Figure 1, Item 2).

CAUTION
Ensure inner air filter element is not removed when removing outer air filter element. If inner
air filter element is accidentally removed, immediately reinstall inner air filter. Failure to
comply may result in damage to equipment.
3. Remove outer air filter element (Figure 2, Item 5) from air cleaner housing (Figure 2, Item 2).

0085-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0085

REMOVAL - Continued

Figure 2. Air Filter Element Removal.

END OF TASK

SERVICE

1. Inspect outer air filter element (Figure 3, Item 1) for signs of obvious damage. Replace if damaged.

Figure 3. Air Filter Element Service.

0085-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0085

SERVICE - Continued

WARNING

Compressed air used for cleaning and drying purposes must not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).
Use only with effective chip guarding and proper protective equipment (goggles, shield,
gloves, etc.). Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
2. Clean air filter element (Figure 3, Item 1) using only light brushing, or mild compressed air.

CAUTION
Do not remove inner air filter element. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
Do not use compressed air to clean air filter housing. Contaminants could enter engine.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
3. Clean inside of air cleaner housing (Figure 4, Item 2) with a clean, damp rag to remove contaminants.

Figure 4. Air Filter Element Service.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install outer air filter element (Figure 5, Item 5) in air cleaner housing (Figure 5, Item 2).

0085-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0085

INSTALLATION - Continued

Figure 5. Air Filter Element Installation.


2. Install air cleaner housing cover (Figure 6, Item 3) with the word TOP facing up on air cleaner housing (Figure
6, Item 2) and secure with two latches (Figure 6, Item 4).

Figure 6. Air Filter Element Installation.


3. Reset air filter restriction indicator (Figure 7, Item 1) by pressing in on rubber diaphragm (Figure 7, Item 6).

0085-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0085

INSTALLATION - Continued

Figure 7. Air Filter Element Installation.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0085-5/6 blank
TM 5-3825-270-10

CHAPTER 6

SUPPORTING INFORMATION
TM 5-3825-270-10 0086

FIELD MAINTENANCE
REFERENCES

SCOPE

This work package lists all the pamphlets, forms, field manuals, technical manuals, and other publications referred
to in this manual. Also, those publications that should be consulted for additional information about water distributor
operations are listed.

DEPARTMENT OF ARMY PAMPHLETS

MILITARY PUBLICATION INDEXES


DA PAM 750-8 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS)
Users Manual

FORMS

DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms


DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet
DA Form 2407 Maintenance Request
DD Form 314 Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record
DD Form 1397 Processing and Deprocessing Record for Shipment, Storage,
and Issue of Vehicles and Spare Engines
SF 368 Quality Deficiency Report
DA Form 5988-E Equipment Inspection/Maintenance Worksheet (EGA)
SF 364 Supply Discrepancy Report

FIELD MANUALS

FM 21-10 Field Hygiene and Sanitation

TECHNICAL MANUALS

TM 5-3825-270-10 Water Distributor Operator Manual


TM 5-3825-270-23&P Field Maintenance Manual Including Sustainment
Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List for EMM -
Water Distributor
TM 750-244-6 Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment to
Prevent Enemy Use (U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command)
TM 9-2320-364-10 Operator's Manual for Truck, Tractor, M1074 and M1075
Palletized Load System (PLS)

0086-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0086

TECHNICAL MANUALS - Continued

TM 9-2320-364-14&P Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for Palletzied Load


System (PLS) M1074, M1075, M1076, M1077
TM 9-247 Material used for Cleaning, Preserving, Abrading, and
Cementing Ordnance Material and Related Material including
Chemicals.

MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS

TB 43-0209 Color, Marking, and Camouflage Painting of Military Vehicles,


Construction Equipment, and Materials handling Equipment
LO-5-3825-270-13 Lubrication Order for EMM Water Distributor
TB 750-651 Use of Antifreeze Multi-Engine Type Cleaning Compounds
and Test Kit in Engine Cooling System
CTA 50-970 Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair
Parts, and Heraldic Item)
SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0086-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0087

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS

INTRODUCTION

Scope

This appendix lists components of end item and basic issue items for the Water Distributor, to help inventory items
required for safe and efficient operation.

General

The Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items Lists are divided into the following sections:

Section II. Components of End Item

This listing is for informational purposes only, and is not authority for requisition replacements. These items are part
of the end item, but are removed and separately packaged for transportation or shipment. As part of the end item,
these items must be with the end item whenever it is issued or transferred between property accounts. Illustrations
are furnished to assist in identifying the items.

Section III. Basic Issue Items

These are the minimum essential items required to place the Water Distributor in operation, to operate it, and to
perform emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the Water Distributor during
operation and whenever it is transferred between property accounts. The illustrations will assist with hard-to-identify
items. This manual is the authority to request/requisition replacement BII, based on TOE/MTOE authorization of the
end item.

Explanation of Columns

The following provides an explanation of columns found in the tabular listings:

Column (1) - Item Number

Gives you the reference number of the item listed.

Column (2) - National Stock Number (NSN) and Illustration.

Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning purposes and provides an illustration of the item.

Column (3) - Description, Part Number/(CAGEC).

Identifies the Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed by a minimum description when needed. The stowage
location of COEI and BII is also included in this column. The last line below the description is the part number and
the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses).

Column (4) - Usable On Code

When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different models of equipment. These
codes are identified below:

Column (5) - U/I Unit of Issue (U/I)

0087-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0087

INTRODUCTION - Continued

U/I. Unit of Issue (U/I) indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the National Stock
Number shown in column (2).

Column (6) - Qty

Indicates the quantity required.

Table 1. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

NATIONAL
STOCK
ITEM NUMBER USABLE ON QTY
NUMBER (NSN) DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/(CAGEC) CODE U/I RQR
1 There are no COEI items.

0087-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0087

Table 2. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION, PART USABLE QTY


NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION NUMBER/(CAGEC) ON CODE U/I RQR
1 8105-01-590-0048 BAG, TOOL EA 1
6001877(80195)

2 4210-01-590-6095 ADAPTER, FIRE HYDRANT EA 1


5252282(80195)

3 4730-01-505-5530 ADAPTER, MALE EA 1


200 A(1G3R1)

0087-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0087

Table 2. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - Continued

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION, PART USABLE QTY


NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION NUMBER/(CAGEC) ON CODE U/I RQR
4 4730-01-505-6777 COUPLING HALF, QUICK EA 1
200D(1G3R1)

5 4730-01-591-1054 NIPPLE, REDUCER EA 1


RN300-200(1G3R1)

6 4210-00-775-0127 FIRE X-5 LB PURPLE K DRY EA 1


CHEMICAL
6001922(80195)

0087-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0087

Table 2. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - Continued

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION, PART USABLE QTY


NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION NUMBER/(CAGEC) ON CODE U/I RQR
7 4210-01-590-6068 WRENCH, FIRE HOSE EA 2
FITTING
5252280(80195)

8 4210-01-590-6089 WRENCH, FIRE HYDRANT EA 1


6604013(80195)

9 5120-01-367-6977 HEX KEY EA 2


BL8(75347)

0087-5
TM 5-3825-270-10 0087

Table 2. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - Continued

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION, PART USABLE QTY


NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION NUMBER/(CAGEC) ON CODE U/I RQR
10 4730-01-591-1015 COUPLING, BOSS EA 1
300D(1G3R1)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0087-6
TM 5-3825-270-10 0088

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST

Introduction

Scope

This work package lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and maintain the Water
Distributor. This list is for information only and is not authority to requistion the listed items. These items are
authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V Repair Parts, and Heraldic
Items), CTA 50-909, Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department
Expendable/Durable Items.

Explanation of Columns

Column (1) - Item Number

This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the narrative instructions to identify the item
(e.g., Use wiping rag (WP 0088, item 33)).

Column (2) - Level

This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
C -- Operator/Crew
O -- Service
F -- Field
H -- Below Depot
D -- Depot

Column (3) - National Stock Number (NSN)

This is the NSN assigned to the item which you can use to requisition it.

Column (4) - Item Name, Description, Part Number/(CAGEC)

This column provides the other information you need to identify the item. The last line below the description is the
part number and the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses).

Column (5) - Unit of Issue (U/I)

Unit of Issue (U/I) code shows the physical measurement or count of an item, such as gallon, dozen, gross, etc.

0088-1
TM 5-3825-270-10 0088

Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)


ITEM NATIONAL STOCK ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/
NO. LEVEL NUMBER (NSN) (CAGEC) U/I
Alcohol, Isopropyl
1 C 6810-01-075-5546 Alcohol, Isopropyl 4-ounce bottle BT
7618-19-4 53390
Antiseize Compound
2 C 8030-00-155-6444 Antiseize Compound 12 OR 16 oz aerosol can CN
76759 05972
Cable Ties
3 C 4310-01-115-2297 Cable Ties EA
TY525MX 56501
Cleaning Compound, Solvent
4 C 6850-01-474-2319 Cleaning Compound, Solvent 1 gallon can GL
MIL-PRF-680 81349
5 C 6850-01-474-2317 Cleaning Compound, Solvent 5 gallon can CO
MIL-PRF-680 81349
6 C 6850-01-474-2316 Cleaning Compound, Solvent 55 gallon drum DR
MIL-PRF-680 81349
7 C 6850-01-474-2318 Cleaning Compound, Solvent GL
MIL-PRF-680 81349
8 C 6850-01-474-2320 Cleaning Compound, Solvent BX
MIL-PRF-680 81349
Cloth, Cleaning, Low-Lint; Type 1
9 C 7920-00-044-9281 Cloth, Cleaning, Low-lint; Type 1 10-pound box 12 X BX
16 A-A-59323 58536
10 C 7920-00-165-7195 Cloth, Cleaning, Low-lint; Type 1 10-pound box 15 X BX
15 E00 05 03 01 AP 03 U4756
Detergent, General Purpose Liquid
11 C 7930-00-282-9699 Detergent, General Purpose Liquid 1-gallon can GL
7930-00-282-9699 83421
Gloves, Chemical Oil Protective
12 C 8415-00-266-8675 Gloves, Chemical Oil Protective
MIL-DTL-32066 91349
Goggles, Industrial
13 C 4240-00-052-3776 Goggles, Industrial
ANSI Z87.1 80204

0088-2
TM 5-3825-270-10 0088

Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List (Continued)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)


ITEM NATIONAL STOCK ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/
NO. LEVEL NUMBER (NSN) (CAGEC) U/I
Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) (MIL-PRF-10924)
14 C 9150-01-197-7688 Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) TU
(MIL-PRF-10924) 2 1/4-ounce tube
M-10924-A 81349
15 C 9150-01-197-7693 Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) CA
(MIL-PRF-10924) 14-ounce cartridge
M-10924-B 81349
16 C 9150-01-197-7689 Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) CN
(MIL-PRF-10924) 6 1/2-pound can
M-10924-D 81349
17 C 9150-01-197-7692 Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) CN
(MIL-PRF-10924) 35-pound can
M-10924-E 81349
18 C 9150-01-197-7691 Grease, Automotive and Artillery (GAA) DR
(MIL-PRF-10924) 120-pound drum
M-10924-F 81349
Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104)
19 C 9150-01-152-4117 Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical QT
Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104) 1-quart
can
M2104-1-15W40 81349
20 C 9150-01-421-1427 Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical QT
Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104) 24-quart
box
MIL-PRF-2104 81349
21 C 9150-01-421-1424 Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical CN
Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104) 5-gallon
can
MIL-PRF-2104 81349
22 C 9150-01-421-1432 Oil, Lubricating, Internal Combustion Engine, Tactical DR
Service OE/HDO 15W40 (MIL-PRF-2104) 55-gallon
drum
MIL-PRF-2104 81349
Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO-30 (MIL-PRF-2104)
23 C 9150-00-188-9858 Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO-30 (MIL-PRF-2104) CN
5-gallon can
MIL-PRF-2104 81349
24 C 9150-00-189-6729 Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO-30 (MIL-PRF-2104) DR
55-gallon drum
MIL-PRF-2104 81349

0088-3
TM 5-3825-270-10 0088

Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List (Continued)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)


ITEM NATIONAL STOCK ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/
NO. LEVEL NUMBER (NSN) (CAGEC) U/I
Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO 10 (MIL-PRF-2104)
25 C 9150-00-189-6727 Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO 10 1-quart can QT
MIL-PRF-2104 81349
26 C 9150-00-186-6668 Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO 10 5-gallon can CN
MIL-PRF-2104 81349
27 C 9150-00-191-2772 Oil, Lubricating, OE/HDO 10 55-gallon drum DR
MIL-PRF-2104 81349
Plug, Ear
28 C 6515-00-137-6345 Plug, Ear
4-375 89875
Rag, Wiping
29 C 7920-00-205-1711 Rag, Wiping 50 pound bale BE
7920-00-205-1711 80244
Soil Stabilization Additive (Soiltac)
30 C 6850-01-519-4708 Soil Stabilization Additive (Soiltac) 275 gallon DR
SOILTAC-275-GALLON IBC 3FTH5
Tape, Duct
31 C 5640-01-542-7337 Tape, Duct RO
76035A73 39428

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0088-4
TM 5-3825-270-10 0089

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
FO1 DATA PLATE

FO1 DATA PLATE

The following diagram is the Data Plate for the EMM - WD.
Data Plate. (FO-1)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0089-1/2 blank
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
BLANK FORMS Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727) Your mailing address
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
TM 5-3825-270-10 30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. GRAPH NO.* NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).
0004-1 Wrong POC is listed.

LE
P
M
A
S

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

Your name Your telephone number


Your signature
DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 5-3825-270-10 Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED

LE
P
M
A

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
S

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION
Your name
Your telephone number Your signature
DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 Page 2 of 2
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
BLANK FORMS Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
TM 5-3825-270-10 30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. GRAPH NO.* NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 5-3825-270-10 Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 Page 2 of 2


Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
BLANK FORMS Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
TM 5-3825-270-10 30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. GRAPH NO.* NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 5-3825-270-10 Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 Page 2 of 2


Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
BLANK FORMS Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
TM 5-3825-270-10 30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. GRAPH NO.* NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 5-3825-270-10 Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 Page 2 of 2


Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
BLANK FORMS Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
TM 5-3825-270-10 30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. GRAPH NO.* NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 5-3825-270-10 Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 Page 2 of 2


Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
BLANK FORMS Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
TM 5-3825-270-10 30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. GRAPH NO.* NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. Page 1 of 2
APD PE v4.01ES
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS (MS 727)
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000

PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 5-3825-270-10 Engineer Mission Module - Water Distributor, M7,
30 June 2011 Operator's Manual
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED

PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE


PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 1974 Page 2 of 2


- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

MARTIN E. DEMPSEY
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff

Official:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
1113102

DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the initial distribution requirements for IDN: 257874,
requirements for TM 5-3825-270-10.
FO-1. Data Plate.

FP-1/FP-2 blank
086821-000

Você também pode gostar